Annual Statements Open main menu

CAMDEN NATIONAL CORP - Annual Report: 2015 (Form 10-K)

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 

FORM 10-K

 
x
 
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2015

o
 
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission File No. 0-28190

 

CAMDEN NATIONAL CORPORATION
(Exact Name of Registrant As Specified in Its Charter) 
 
Maine
 
01-0413282
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
2 Elm Street, Camden, ME
 
04843
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
 
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (207) 236-8821

 
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, without par value
 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
 
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter periods that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer o
 
Accelerated filer x
 
Non-accelerated filer o
 
Smaller reporting company o
  
 
  
 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No x

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter: $215,029,196. Shares of the Registrant’s common stock held by each executive officer, director and person who beneficially own 5% or more of the Registrant’s outstanding common stock have been excluded, in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

The number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock as of March 3, 2016 is 10,263,546.

Certain information required in response to Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III of this Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from Camden National Corporation’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders pursuant to Regulation 14A of the General Rules and Regulations of the Commission.



Table of Contents

CAMDEN NATIONAL CORPORATION
2015 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Page
PART I
PART II
PART III
PART IV
 


i

Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The discussions set forth below and in the documents we incorporate by reference herein contain certain statements that may be considered forward-looking statements under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, including certain plans, exceptions, goals, projections, and statements, which are subject to numerous risks, assumptions, and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of the words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “assume,” “plan,” “target,” or “goal” or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “may,” “might,” “should,” “could” and other expressions which predict or indicate future events or trends and which do not relate to historical matters. Forward-looking statements should not be relied on, because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond the control of the Company. These risks, uncertainties and other factors may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of the Company to be materially different from the anticipated future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.
 
The following factors, among others, could cause the Company’s financial performance to differ materially from the Company’s goals, plans, objectives, intentions, expectations and other forward-looking statements:
 
weakness in the United States economy in general and the regional and local economies within the New England region and Maine, which could result in a deterioration of credit quality, an increase in the allowance for loan losses or a reduced demand for the Company’s credit or fee-based products and services;
changes in trade, monetary, and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System;
inflation, interest rate, market, and monetary fluctuations;
competitive pressures, including continued industry consolidation and the increased financial services provided by non-banks;
volatility in the securities markets that could adversely affect the value or credit quality of the Company’s assets, impairment of goodwill, the availability and terms of funding necessary to meet the Company’s liquidity needs, and could lead to impairment in the value of securities in the Company's investment portfolio;
changes in information technology that require increased capital spending;
changes in consumer spending and savings habits;
changes in tax, banking, securities and insurance laws and regulations;
changes in accounting policies, practices and standards, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies as well as the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB"), and other accounting standard setters; and
the ability of the Company to achieve cost savings as a result of the merger or in achieving such cost savings within the projected timeframe.

You should carefully review all of these factors, and be aware that there may be other factors that could cause differences, including the risk factors listed in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” beginning on page 11. Readers should carefully review the risk factors described therein and should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements.

These forward-looking statements were based on information, plans and estimates at the date of this report, and we do not promise to update any forward-looking statements to reflect changes in underlying assumptions or factors, new information, future events or other changes.

1

Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1. Business

Overview. Camden National Corporation (hereafter referred to as “we,” “our,” “us,” or the “Company”) is a publicly-held bank holding company, with $3.7 billion in assets, 64 banking centers, 85 ATMs, and three lending offices at December 31, 2015, incorporated under the laws of the State of Maine and headquartered in Camden, Maine. The Company, as a diversified financial services provider, pursues the objective of achieving long-term sustainable growth by balancing growth opportunities against profit, while mitigating risks inherent in the financial services industry. The primary business of the Company and its subsidiaries is to attract deposits from, and to extend loans to, consumer, institutional, municipal, non-profit and commercial customers. The Company offers commercial and consumer banking products and services through its subsidiary, Camden National Bank (the “Bank”), as well as brokerage and insurance services through Camden Financial Consultants (“Camden Financial”), a division of the Bank. The Bank's wholly-owned subsidiary, Healthcare Professional Funding Corporation ("HPFC"), provides specialized lending to dentists, optometrists and veterinarians across the United States ("U.S."). The Company also offers investment management and fiduciary services through its subsidiary, Acadia Trust, N.A. (“Acadia Trust”), a federally-regulated, non-depository trust company headquartered in Portland, Maine. The consolidated financial statements of the Company accompanying this Form 10-K include the accounts of the Company, the Bank and its subsidiaries and division, and Acadia Trust. All inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company is committed to the philosophy of serving the financial needs of customers in local communities, as described in its core purpose: Through each interaction, we will enrich the lives of people, help businesses succeed and vitalize communities.

The Company has achieved a five-year compounded annual asset growth rate of 10%, resulting in $3.7 billion in total assets at December 31, 2015. The following is a chronological time-line of significant events and factors contributing to the Company's asset growth over the past five years:
2012 — The acquisition of 14 branches, including $287.6 million in deposits and $5.7 million in small business loans, from Bank of America, National Association, in October 2012.
2013 — The divestiture of our five Franklin County branches, including $46.0 million in loans and $85.9 million in deposits and borrowings, in October 2013.
2014 — The Company had $192.2 million of organic loan growth, primarily within the commercial real estate and commercial loan portfolios. Also, in 2014, we expanded our franchise outside of Maine by opening a commercial loan office in Manchester, New Hampshire, providing us with a wider reach across northern New England.
2015 — The Company achieved organic asset growth of $80.0 million fueled by organic loan growth of $102.4 million. The Company completed the acquisition of SBM Financial, Inc. ("SBM") and The Bank of Maine, the wholly-owned subsidiary of SBM, on October 16, 2015. SBM was approximately one-third the size of the Company pre-acquisition with total assets of $840.1 million, total loans of $615.2 million and total deposits of $687.0 million. With the SBM acquisition, the Company expanded its reach in Southern and Central Maine and into Massachusetts, through an increase in its branch network in Maine, including lending offices in Falmouth, Maine, and Boston and Braintree, Massachusetts.

The financial services industry continues to experience consolidations through mergers that could create opportunities for the Company to promote its value proposition to customers. The Company evaluates the possibility of expansion into new markets through both de novo expansion and acquisitions. In addition, the Company is focused on maximizing the potential for growth in existing markets, especially in markets where the Company has less of a presence. Further details on the Company's financial information can be found within the consolidated financial statements within Item 8 of this report.

Camden National Bank. The Bank is a national banking association chartered under the laws of the United States headquartered in Camden, Maine. Originally founded in 1875, the Bank became a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company as a result of a corporate reorganization in 1984. The Bank offers its products and services across Maine, and focuses primarily on attracting deposits from the general public through its branches, and then leveraging this relationship to originate residential mortgage loans, commercial business loans, commercial real estate loans and a variety of consumer loans across New England. The Company has operations within 13 of Maine's 16 counties. Customers may also access the Bank’s products and services using other channels, including the Bank’s website address. The Bank's website address is www.CamdenNational.com.


2

Table of Contents

Camden Financial Consultants, located at Camden National Bank. Camden Financial is a full-service brokerage and insurance division of the Bank in the business of helping clients meet all of their financial needs by using a total wealth management approach. Its financial offerings include college, retirement, and estate planning, mutual funds, strategic asset management accounts, and variable and fixed annuities.

Healthcare Professional Funding Corporation. HPFC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank and provides specialized lending to dentists, optometrists and veterinarians across the U.S. The Company acquired HPFC in connection with the SBM acquisition and The Bank of Maine. Shortly after the acquisition, the Company announced that it will be closing operations of HPFC on February 19, 2016. Refer to Note 25, Subsequent Events, within Item 8 of this report for further details. HPFC website address is www.healthprofunding.com.

Acadia Trust, N.A. Acadia Trust is a limited purpose national banking association chartered under the laws of the United States headquartered in Portland, Maine. Acadia Trust provides a broad range of trust, trust-related, investment and wealth management services to both individual and institutional clients. The financial services provided by Acadia Trust complement the services provided by the Bank by offering high net worth individuals, businesses and non-profit institutional customers investment management services, as well as serving as trustee. Acadia Trust’s website address is www.acadiatrust.com.

The Company’s Investor Relations information can be obtained through the Bank’s internet address, www.CamdenNational.com. The Company makes available on or through its Investor Relations page, without charge, its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The Company’s reports filed with, or furnished to, the SEC are also available at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. In addition, the Company makes available, free of charge, its press releases and Code of Ethics through the Company’s Investor Relations page. Information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this document and should not be considered part of this report.

Competition. Through the Bank and its subsidiaries and division of, the Company competes throughout Maine, New Hampshire and Massachusetts. Our primary markets within Maine run along Maine's coast and mid-interior through Bangor, Maine. We operate and manage the Bank's business within Maine's various regions, including Mid Coast, Southern, Central, Bangor region and Downeast. Many of these markets that we operate are characterized as rural areas. Major competitors in the Company’s primary market area include local branches of large regional bank affiliates and brokerage houses, as well as local independent banks, financial advisors, thrift institutions and credit unions. Other competitors for deposits and loans within the Bank’s primary market area include insurance companies, money market funds, consumer finance companies and financing affiliates of consumer durable goods manufacturers.

The Company and the Bank generally have effectively competed with other financial institutions by emphasizing customer service, which is branded as the Camden National Experience, highlighted by local decision-making, establishing long-term customer relationships, building customer loyalty and providing products and services designed to meet the needs of customers. The Company, through its non-depository bank subsidiary, Acadia Trust, competes for trust, trust-related, investment management, individual retirement and foundation and endowment management services with local banks and non-banks, which may now, or in the future, offer a similar range of services, as well as with a number of brokerage firms and investment advisors with offices in the Company’s market area. In addition, most of these services are widely available to the Company’s customers by telephone and over the internet through firms located outside the Company’s market area.

Employees. The Company employed 652 people on a full- or part-time basis as of December 31, 2015 through its subsidiaries, including the Bank (and its subsidiary, HPFC), Camden Financial, and Acadia Trust.

Supervision and Regulation

The following discussion addresses elements of the regulatory framework applicable to bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. This regulatory framework is intended primarily for the protection of the safety and soundness of depository institutions, the federal deposit insurance system, and depositors, rather than the protection of shareholders of a bank holding company such as the Company.

As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”) under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”). The Bank is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”). Acadia Trust is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the OCC. As a limited purpose national bank, Acadia Trust does not take deposits or make loans.

3

Table of Contents


The following is a summary of certain aspects of various statutes and regulations applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries. This summary is not a comprehensive analysis of all applicable law, however, and you should refer to the applicable statutes and regulations for more information.

Regulation of the Company

The Company is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the FRB, which has the authority, among other things, to order bank holding companies to cease and desist from unsafe or unsound banking practices; to assess civil money penalties; and to order termination of non-banking activities or termination of ownership and control of a non-banking subsidiary by a bank holding company.

Source of Strength. Under the BHCA, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), the Company is required to serve as a source of financial strength for the Bank. This support may be required at times when the bank holding company may not have the resources to provide support to the Bank. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a bank subsidiary will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

Acquisitions and Activities. The BHCA prohibits a bank holding company, without prior approval of the FRB, from acquiring all or substantially all the assets of a bank, acquiring control of a bank, merging or consolidating with another bank holding company, or acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of another bank or bank holding company if, after such acquisition, the acquiring bank holding company would control more than 5% of the voting shares of such other bank or bank holding company. The BHCA also prohibits a bank holding company from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to its subsidiary banks. However, a bank holding company may engage in and may own shares of companies engaged in certain activities that the FRB determines to be closely related to banking or managing and controlling banks.

Limitations on Acquisitions of Company Common Stock. The Change in Bank Control Act prohibits a person or group of persons from acquiring “control” of a bank holding company unless the FRB has been notified and has not objected to the transaction. Under a rebuttable presumption established by the FRB, the acquisition of 10% or more of a class of voting securities of a bank holding company with a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act would constitute the acquisition of control of a bank holding company. In addition, the BHCA prohibits any company from acquiring control of a bank or bank holding company without first having obtained the approval of the FRB. Among other circumstances, under the BHCA, a company has control of a bank or bank holding company if the company owns, controls or holds with power to vote 25% or more of a class of voting securities of the bank or bank holding company, controls in any manner the election of a majority of directors or trustees of the bank or bank holding company, or the FRB has determined, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that the company has the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of the bank or bank holding company.

Regulation of the Bank

The Bank is subject to regulation, supervision, and examination by the OCC. Additionally, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) has secondary supervisory authority as the insurer of the Bank’s deposits. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the FRB may directly examine the subsidiaries of the Company, including the Bank. The enforcement powers available to the federal banking regulators include, among other things, the ability to issue cease and desist or removal orders to terminate insurance of deposits; to assess civil money penalties; to issue directives to increase capital; to place the Bank into receivership; and to initiate injunctive actions against banking organizations and institution-affiliated parties.

Deposit Insurance. The deposit obligations of the Bank are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) and are subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain the DIF. The Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the FDIC deposit insurance limit to $250,000 per depositor for deposits maintained in the same right and capacity at a particular insured depository institution. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDIA”), as amended by the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act and the Dodd-Frank Act, requires the FDIC to take steps as may be necessary to cause the ratio of deposit insurance reserves to estimated insured deposits - the designated reserve ratio - to reach 1.35% by September 30, 2020, and it mandates that the reserve ratio designated by the FDIC for any year may not be less than 1.35%. The FDIC utilizes a risk-based assessment system that imposes insurance premiums based upon a risk matrix that takes into account a bank’s capital level and supervisory rating. Assessment rates may also vary for certain institutions based on long-term debt issuer ratings, secured or brokered deposits. Deposit premiums are based on assets. To determine its deposit insurance premium, the Bank computes the base amount of its average consolidated assets less its average tangible equity (defined as the amount of

4

Table of Contents

Tier I capital) and the applicable assessment rate. The FDIC has the power to adjust deposit insurance assessment rates at any time. In addition, under the FDIA, the FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. The Bank’s FDIC insurance expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $1.6 million.

Acquisitions and Branching. The Bank must seek prior regulatory approval from the OCC to acquire another bank or establish a new branch office. Well capitalized and well managed banks may acquire other banks in any state, subject to certain deposit concentration limits and other conditions, pursuant to the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act authorizes a state-chartered bank, such as the Bank, to establish new branches on an interstate basis to the same extent a bank chartered by the host state may establish branches.

Activities and Investments of National Banking Associations. National banking associations must comply with the National Bank Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder by the OCC, which limit the activities of national banking associations to those that are deemed to be part of, or incidental to, the “business of banking.” Activities that are part of, or incidental to, the business of banking include taking deposits, borrowing and lending money and discounting or negotiating promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange, and other evidences of debt. Subsidiaries of national banking associations generally may only engage in activities permissible for the parent national bank. The Dodd-Frank Act bars the Bank from engaging in proprietary trading and from sponsoring and investing in hedge funds and private equity funds, except as permitted under certain limited circumstances.

Lending Restrictions. Federal law limits a bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% shareholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons. Among other things, extensions of credit to insiders are required to be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons. Also, the terms of such extensions of credit may not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features and may not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of the bank’s capital. The Dodd-Frank Act explicitly provides that an extension of credit to an insider includes credit exposure arising from a derivatives transaction, repurchase agreement, reverse repurchase agreement, securities lending transaction or securities borrowing transaction. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act requires that asset sale transactions with insiders must be on market terms, and if the transaction represents more than 10% of the capital and surplus of the Bank, be approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of the Bank.

Brokered Deposits. Section 29 of the FDIA and FDIC regulations generally limit the ability of an insured depository institution to accept, renew or roll over any brokered deposit unless the institution’s capital category is “well capitalized” or, with the FDIC’s approval, “adequately capitalized.” Depository institutions, other than those in the lowest risk category, that have brokered deposits in excess of 10% of total deposits will be subject to increased FDIC deposit insurance premium assessments.

Community Reinvestment Act. The Community Reinvestment Act (the “CRA”) requires the FDIC to evaluate the Bank’s performance in helping to meet the credit needs of the entire communities it serves, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with its safe and sound banking operations, and to take this record into consideration when evaluating certain applications. The FDIC’s CRA regulations are generally based upon objective criteria of the performance of institutions under three key assessment tests: (i) a lending test, to evaluate the institution’s record of making loans in its service areas; (ii) an investment test, to evaluate the institution’s record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing, and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and businesses; and (iii) a service test, to evaluate the institution’s delivery of services through its branches, ATMs, and other offices. Failure of an institution to receive at least a “Satisfactory” rating could inhibit the Bank or the Company from undertaking certain activities, including engaging in activities permitted as a financial holding company under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “GLBA”) and acquisitions of other financial institutions. The Bank currently has an “Outstanding” CRA rating.

Capital Adequacy and Safety and Soundness

Regulatory Capital Requirements. The FRB and the OCC have issued substantially similar risk-based and leverage capital guidelines applicable to United States banking organizations. These guidelines are intended to reflect the relationship between the banking organization’s capital and the degree of risk associated with its operations based on transactions recorded on-balance sheet as well as off-balance sheet items. The FRB and the OCC may from time to time require that a banking

5

Table of Contents

organization maintain capital above the minimum levels discussed below, due to the banking organization’s financial condition or actual or anticipated growth.

The capital adequacy rules define qualifying capital instruments and specify minimum amounts of capital as a percentage of assets that banking organizations are required to maintain. Common equity Tier I capital generally includes common stock and related surplus, retained earnings and, in certain cases and subject to certain limitations, minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill, other non-qualifying intangible assets and certain other deductions. Tier I capital for banks and bank holding companies generally consists of the sum of common equity Tier I capital, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, and related surplus and, in certain cases and subject to limitations, minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries that does not qualify as common equity Tier I capital, less certain deductions. Tier II capital generally consists of hybrid capital instruments, perpetual debt and mandatory convertible debt securities, cumulative perpetual preferred stock, term subordinated debt and intermediate-term preferred stock, and, subject to limitations, allowances for loan losses. The sum of Tier I and Tier II capital less certain required deductions represents qualifying total risk-based capital. Prior to the effectiveness of certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, bank holding companies were permitted to include trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock in Tier I capital, subject to limitations. However, the FRB’s capital rule applicable to bank holding companies permanently grandfathers non-qualifying capital instruments, including trust preferred securities, issued before May 19, 2010 by depository institution holding companies with less than $15 billion in total assets as of December 31, 2009, subject to a limit of 25% of Tier I capital. In addition, under rules that became effective January 1, 2015, accumulated other comprehensive income (positive or negative) must be reflected in Tier I capital; however, the Company was permitted to make a one-time, permanent election to continue to exclude accumulated other comprehensive income from capital. The Company has made this election.

Under the capital rules, risk-based capital ratios are calculated by dividing common equity Tier I, Tier I and total risk-based capital, respectively, by risk-weighted assets. Assets and off-balance sheet credit equivalents are assigned a risk weight based primarily on relative credit risk.

Under the FRB's capital rules applicable to the Company and the OCC's capital rules applicable to the Bank, the Company and the Bank are each required to maintain a minimum common equity Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 4.5%, a minimum Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 6%, a minimum total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 8% and a minimum leverage ratio of 4%. Additionally, subject to a transition schedule, these rules require an institution to establish a capital conservation buffer of common equity Tier I capital in an amount above the minimum risk-based capital requirements for “adequately capitalized” institutions equal to 2.5% of total risk weighted assets, or face restrictions on the ability to pay dividends, pay discretionary bonuses, and to engage in share repurchases.

Under the FRB's rules, a bank holding company, such as the Company, is considered “well capitalized” if the bank holding company (i) has a total risk based capital ratio of at least 10%, (ii) has a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of at least 6%, and (iii) is not subject to any written agreement order, capital directive or prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. Under the OCC’s rules, an OCC supervised institution is considered “well capitalized” if it (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater; (ii) a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater; (iii) a common Tier I equity ratio of at least 6.5% or greater, (iv) a leverage capital ratio of 5.0% or greater; and (iv) is not subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure.

Information concerning the Company and the Bank with respect to capital requirements is incorporated by reference
from Item 7. "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Capital
Resources,” and Item 8. "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data", in the section entitled “Note 22, Regulatory Capital
Requirements.”

The Company and the Bank are considered “well capitalized” under all regulatory definitions.

Safety and Soundness Standards. The FDIA requires the federal bank regulatory agencies to prescribe standards, by regulations or guidelines, relating to internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, risk management, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, stock valuation and compensation, fees and benefits, and such other operational and managerial standards as the agencies deem appropriate. Guidelines adopted by the federal bank regulatory agencies establish general standards relating to internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, these guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risk and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or

6

Table of Contents

disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal stockholder. In addition, the federal banking agencies adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require, an agency to order an institution that has been given notice by an agency that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an acceptable compliance plan, the agency must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized institution is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of the FDIA. See “—Regulatory Capital Requirements” above. If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the agency may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties.

Dividend Restrictions

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries. The revenue of the Company (on a parent-only basis) is derived primarily from interest and dividends paid to it by the Bank. The right of the Company, and consequently the right of shareholders of the Company, to participate in any distribution of the assets or earnings of the Bank through the payment of such dividends or otherwise is necessarily subject to the prior claims of creditors of the Bank (including depositors), except to the extent that certain claims of the Company in a creditor capacity may be recognized.

Restrictions on Bank Holding Company Dividends. The FRB has the authority to prohibit bank holding companies from paying dividends if such payment is deemed to be an unsafe or unsound practice. The FRB has indicated generally that it may be an unsafe or unsound practice for bank holding companies to pay dividends unless the bank holding company’s net income over the preceding year is sufficient to fund the dividends and the expected rate of earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. Further, the Company’s ability to pay dividends is restricted if it does not maintain the capital conservation buffer. See “—Capital Adequacy and Safety and Soundness—Regulatory Capital Requirements” above.

Under Maine law, a corporation’s board of directors may declare, and the corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares, in cash or other property, generally only out of the corporation’s unreserved and unrestricted earned surplus, or out of the unreserved and unrestricted net earnings of the current fiscal year and the next preceding fiscal year taken as a single period, except under certain circumstances, including when the corporation is insolvent, or when the payment of the dividend would render the corporation insolvent or when the declaration would be contrary to the corporation’s charter.

Restrictions on Bank Dividends. National banks generally may not declare a dividend in excess of the bank’s undivided profits and, absent OCC approval, if the total amount of dividends declared by the national bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of the national bank’s retained net income of that year to date combined with its retained net income for the preceding two years. National banks also are prohibited from declaring or paying any dividend if, after making the dividend, the national bank would be considered “undercapitalized” (as defined by reference to other OCC regulations). The OCC has the authority to use its enforcement powers to prohibit a national bank, such as the Bank, from paying dividends if, in its opinion, the payment of dividends would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.

Certain Transactions by Bank Holding Companies with their Affiliates

There are various statutory restrictions on the extent to which bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries may borrow, obtain credit from or otherwise engage in “covered transactions” with their insured depository institution subsidiaries. The Dodd-Frank Act amended the definition of affiliate to include an investment fund for which the depository institution or one of its affiliates is an investment adviser. An insured depository institution (and its subsidiaries) may not lend money to, or engage in covered transactions with, its non-depository institution affiliates if the aggregate amount of covered transactions outstanding involving the bank, plus the proposed transaction exceeds the following limits: (i) in the case of any one such affiliate, the aggregate amount of covered transactions of the insured depository institution and its subsidiaries cannot exceed 10% of the capital stock and surplus of the insured depository institution; and (ii) in the case of all affiliates, the aggregate amount of covered transactions of the insured depository institution and its subsidiaries cannot exceed 20% of the capital stock and surplus of the insured depository institution. For this purpose, “covered transactions” are defined by statute to include a loan or extension of credit to an affiliate, a purchase of or investment in securities issued by an affiliate, a purchase of assets from an affiliate unless exempted by the FRB, the acceptance of securities issued by an affiliate as collateral for a loan or extension of credit to any person or company, the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate, securities borrowing or lending transactions with an affiliate that creates a credit exposure to such affiliate, or a derivatives transaction with an affiliate that creates a credit exposure to such affiliate. Covered transactions are also subject to certain collateral security requirements. Covered transactions as well as other types of transactions between a bank and a bank holding company must be on market terms and not otherwise unduly favorable to the holding company or an affiliate of the holding company. Moreover, the Bank Holding Company Act Amendments of 1970 provide that, to further competition, a bank holding

7

Table of Contents

company and its subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in certain tying arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, lease or sale of property of any kind, or furnishing of any service.

Consumer Protection Regulation

The Company and the Bank are subject to federal and state laws designed to protect consumers and prohibit unfair or deceptive business practices, including the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Home Ownership Protection Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 (the “FACT Act”), the GLBA, the Truth in Lending Act, the CRA, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the National Flood Insurance Act and various state law counterparts. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must interact with customers when taking deposits, making loans, collecting loans and providing other services. Further, the Dodd-Frank Act established the CFPB, which has the responsibility for making rules and regulations under the federal consumer protection laws relating to financial products and services. The CFPB also has a broad mandate to prohibit unfair or deceptive acts and practices and is specifically empowered to require certain disclosures to consumers and draft model disclosure forms. Failure to comply with consumer protection laws and regulations can subject financial institutions to enforcement actions, fines and other penalties. The OCC examines the Bank for compliance with CFPB rules and enforces CFPB rules with respect to the Bank.

Mortgage Reform. The Dodd-Frank Act prescribes certain standards that mortgage lenders must consider before making a residential mortgage loan, including verifying a borrower’s ability to repay such mortgage loan, and allows borrowers to assert violations of certain provisions of the Truth in Lending Act as a defense to foreclosure proceedings. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, prepayment penalties are prohibited for certain mortgage transactions and creditors are prohibited from financing insurance policies in connection with a residential mortgage loan or home equity line of credit. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act prohibits mortgage originators from receiving compensation based on the terms of residential mortgage loans and generally limits the ability of a mortgage originator to be compensated by others if compensation is received from a consumer. The Dodd-Frank Act requires mortgage lenders to make additional disclosures prior to the extension of credit, in each billing statement and for negative amortization loans and hybrid adjustable rate mortgages.

Privacy and Customer Information Security. The GLBA requires financial institutions to implement policies and procedures regarding the disclosure of nonpublic personal information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. In general, the Bank must provide its customers with an initial and annual disclosure that explains its policies and procedures regarding the disclosure of such nonpublic personal information, and, except as otherwise required or permitted by law, the Bank is prohibited from disclosing such information except as provided in such policies and procedures. However, an annual disclosure is not required to be provided by a financial institution if the financial institution only discloses information under exceptions from GLBA that do not require an opt out to be provided and if there has been no change in its privacy policies and practices since its most recent disclosure provided to consumers. The GLBA also requires that the Bank develop, implement and maintain a comprehensive written information security program designed to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer information (as defined under GLBA), to protect against anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such information; and to protect against unauthorized access to or use of such information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer. The Bank is also required to send a notice to customers whose sensitive information has been compromised if unauthorized use of this information is reasonably possible. Most states, including the states where the Bank operates, have enacted legislation concerning breaches of data security and Congress is considering federal legislation that would require consumer notice of data security breaches. Pursuant to the FACT Act, the Bank must develop and implement a written identity theft prevention program to detect, prevent, and mitigate identity theft in connection with the opening of certain accounts or certain existing accounts. Additionally, the FACT Act amends the Fair Credit Reporting Act to generally prohibit a person from using information received from an affiliate to make a solicitation for marketing purposes to a consumer, unless the consumer is given notice and a reasonable opportunity and a reasonable and simple method to opt out of the making of such solicitations.

Anti-Money Laundering

The Bank Secrecy Act. Under the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”), a financial institution, is required to have systems in place to detect certain transactions, based on the size and nature of the transaction. Financial institutions are generally required to report to the United States Treasury any cash transactions involving more than $10,000. In addition, financial institutions are required to file suspicious activity reports for any transaction or series of transactions that involve more than $5,000 and which the financial institution knows, suspects or has reason to suspect involves illegal funds, is designed to evade the requirements of the BSA or has no lawful purpose. The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”), which amended the BSA, together with the implementing regulations of various federal regulatory agencies, has caused financial institutions, such as the Bank, to adopt and implement

8

Table of Contents

additional policies or amend existing policies and procedures with respect to, among other things, anti-money laundering compliance, suspicious activity, currency transaction reporting, customer identity verification and customer risk analysis. In evaluating an application under Section 3 of the BHCA to acquire a bank or an application under the Bank Merger Act to merge banks or affect a purchase of assets and assumption of deposits and other liabilities, the applicable federal banking regulator must consider the anti-money laundering compliance record of both the applicant and the target. In addition, under the USA PATRIOT Act financial institutions are required to take steps to monitor their correspondent banking and private banking relationships as well as, if applicable, their relationships with “shell banks.”

OFAC. The U.S. has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and others. These sanctions, which are administered by the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), take many different forms. Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial or other transactions relating to a sanctioned country or with certain designated persons and entities; (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons); and (iii) restrictions on transactions with or involving certain persons or entities. Blocked assets (for example, property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the Company.

Regulation of Other Activities

Volcker Rule Restrictions on Proprietary Trading and Sponsorship of Hedge Funds and Private Equity Funds. The Dodd-Frank Act bars banking organizations, such as the Company and the Bank, from engaging in proprietary trading and from sponsoring and investing in hedge funds and private equity funds, except as permitted under certain circumstances, in a provision commonly referred to as the “Volcker Rule.” Under the Dodd-Frank Act, proprietary trading generally means trading by a banking entity or its affiliate for its trading account. Hedge funds and private equity funds are described by the Dodd-Frank Act as funds that would be registered under the 1940 Act but for certain enumerated exemptions. The Volcker Rule restrictions apply to the Company, the Bank and all of their subsidiaries and affiliates.

Legal Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to pending and threatened legal actions. Although the Company is not able to predict the outcome of such actions, after reviewing pending and threatened actions with counsel, management believes that based on the information currently available the outcome of such actions, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position as a whole.

Reserves are established for legal claims only when losses associated with the claims are judged to be probable, and the loss can be reasonably estimated. In many lawsuits and arbitrations, it is not possible to determine whether a liability has been incurred or to estimate the ultimate or minimum amount of that liability until the case is close to resolution, in which case a reserve will not be recognized until that time.

9

Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors

If our allowance for loan losses is not adequate to cover actual loan losses, our earnings could decrease.

We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio and provide an allowance for probable loan losses based on a number of factors. On a monthly basis, management reviews the allowance for loan losses to assess recent asset quality trends and impact on the Company's financial condition. On a quarterly basis, the allowance for loan losses is brought before the Bank's board of directors for discussion, review, and approval. If the assumptions are incorrect, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover the losses we could experience, which would have an adverse effect on operating results, and may also cause us to increase the allowance for loan losses in the future. In addition, bank regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our provisions for credit losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. Any increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by regulatory authorities could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition. If additional amounts are provided to the allowance for loan losses, our earnings could decrease.

Our loans are concentrated in certain areas of Maine and adverse conditions in those markets could adversely affect our operations.

We are exposed to real estate and economic factors throughout Maine, as virtually the entire loan portfolio is concentrated among borrowers in Maine, with higher concentrations of exposure in Cumberland, Hancock, Knox, and Waldo counties. Further, because a substantial portion of the loan portfolio is secured by real estate in this area, the value of the associated collateral is also subject to regional real estate market conditions. Adverse economic, political or business developments or natural hazards may affect these areas and the ability of property owners in these areas to make payments of principal and interest on the underlying mortgages. If these regions experience adverse economic, political or business conditions, we would likely experience higher rates of loss and delinquency on these loans than if the loans were more geographically diverse.

We experience strong competition within our markets, which may impact our profitability.

Competition in the banking and financial services industry is strong. In our market areas, we compete for loans, deposits and other financial products and services with local independent banks, thrift institutions, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally as well as nationally. Some of these competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits than those of our subsidiaries and may offer services that our subsidiaries do not or cannot provide. There is also increased competition by out-of-market competitors through the internet. Our long-term success depends on the ability of our subsidiaries to compete successfully with other financial institutions in their service areas. Because we maintain a smaller staff and have fewer financial and other resources than larger institutions with which we compete, we may be limited in our ability to attract customers. If we are unable to attract and retain customers, we may be unable to achieve growth in the loan and core deposit portfolios, and our results of operations and financial condition may be negatively impacted.

Interest rate volatility may reduce our profitability.

Our profitability depends to a large extent upon our net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and interest expense related to interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowed funds. Net interest income can be affected significantly by changes in market interest rates. In particular, changes in relative interest rates may reduce our net interest income as the difference between interest income and interest expense decreases. As a result, we have adopted asset and liability management policies to minimize the potential adverse effects of changes in interest rates on net interest income, primarily by altering the mix and maturity of loans, investments and funding sources. However, there can be no assurance that a change in interest rates will not negatively impact our results of operations or financial condition. Because market interest rates may change by differing magnitudes and at different times, significant changes in interest rates over an extended period of time could reduce overall net interest income. An increase in interest rates could also have a negative impact on our results of operations by reducing the ability of borrowers to repay their current loan obligations, which could not only result in increased loan defaults, foreclosures and write-offs, but also necessitate further increases to our allowance for loan losses.


10

Table of Contents

Our cost of funds for banking operations may increase as a result of general economic conditions, interest rates and competitive pressures.

The Bank has traditionally obtained funds principally through deposits and borrowings. As a general matter, deposits are a less costly source of funds than borrowings because interest rates paid for deposits are typically less than interest rates paid for borrowings. If, as a result of general economic conditions, market interest rates, competitive pressures or otherwise, total deposits at the Bank decrease relative to our overall banking operations, we may have to rely more heavily on borrowings as a source of funds in the future.

We are subject to liquidity risk.

Liquidity risk is the risk of potential loss if we are unable to meet our funding requirements at a reasonable cost. Our liquidity could be impaired by an inability to access the capital markets or by unforeseen outflows of cash. This situation may arise due to circumstances that we may be unable to control, such as a general market disruption or an operational problem that affects third parties or us.

Market changes may adversely affect demand for our services and impact results of operations.

Channels for servicing our customers are evolving rapidly, with less reliance on traditional branch facilities, more use of online and mobile banking, and increased demand for universal bankers and other relationship managers who can service multiples product lines. We compete with larger providers that are rapidly evolving their service channels and escalating the costs of evolving the service process. We have a process for evaluating the profitability of our branch system and other office and operational facilities. The identification of unprofitable operations and facilities can lead to restructuring charges and introduce the risk of disruptions to revenues and customer relationships.

Prepayments of loans may negatively impact our business.

Generally, our customers may prepay the principal amount of their outstanding loans at any time. The speeds at which such prepayments occur, as well as the size of such prepayments, are within our customers’ discretion. If customers prepay the principal amount of their loans, and we are unable to lend those funds to other borrowers or invest the funds at the same or higher interest rates, our interest income will be reduced. A significant reduction in interest income could have a negative impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our banking business is highly regulated, and we may be adversely affected by changes in law and regulation.

We are subject to regulation and supervision by the FRB, and the Bank is subject to regulation and supervision by the OCC and the FDIC. Federal laws and regulations govern numerous matters affecting us, including changes in the ownership or control of banks and bank holding companies, maintenance of adequate capital and the financial condition of a financial institution, permissible types, amounts and terms of extensions of credit and investments, permissible nonbanking activities, the level of reserves against deposits and restrictions on dividend payments. The OCC possesses the power to issue cease and desist orders to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of law by banks subject to their regulation, and the FRB possesses similar powers with respect to bank holding companies. These and other restrictions limit the manner in which we may conduct business and obtain financing.

Our banking business is also affected by the monetary policies of the FRB. Changes in monetary or legislative policies may affect the interest rates the Bank must offer to attract deposits and the interest rates it must charge on loans, as well as the manner in which it offers deposits and makes loans. These monetary policies have had, and are expected to continue to have, significant effects on the operating results of depository institutions generally, including the Bank.

Our business is highly regulated and the laws, rules, regulations, and supervisory guidance and policies applicable to us are subject to regular modification and change. It is impossible to predict the competitive impact that any such changes would have on the banking and financial services industry in general or on our business in particular. Such changes may, among other things, increase the cost of doing business, limit permissible activities, or affect the competitive balance between banks and other financial institutions. The Dodd-Frank Act instituted major changes to the banking and financial institutions regulatory regimes in light of the performance of and government intervention in the financial services sector. Other changes to statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations, or policies, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes could subject us to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products we may offer, and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations, policies or supervisory guidance could result in

11

Table of Contents

enforcement and other legal actions by federal or state authorities, including criminal and civil penalties, the loss of FDIC insurance, revocation of a banking charter, other sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties, and/or reputational damage, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. See Item 1. “Business—Supervision and Regulation.”

We have become subject to more stringent capital requirements.

The federal banking agencies issued a joint final rule, or the “Final Capital Rule,” that implemented the Basel III capital standards and established the minimum capital levels required under the Dodd-Frank Act. As of January 1, 2015, we were required to comply with the Final Capital Rule. The Final Capital Rule requires banks and bank holding companies to maintain a minimum common equity Tier I capital ratio of 4.5% of risk-weighted assets, a minimum Tier I capital ratio of 6.0% of risk-weighted assets, a minimum total capital ratio of 8.0% of risk-weighted assets, and a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%. Additionally, subject to a transition period, the Final Capital Rule requires banks and bank holding companies to maintain a 2.5% common equity Tier I capital conservation buffer above the minimum risk-based capital requirements for adequately capitalized institutions to avoid restrictions on the ability to pay dividends, discretionary bonuses, and to engage in share repurchases. The Company and the Bank met these requirements as of December 31, 2015. The Final Capital Rule permanently grandfathered trust preferred securities issued before May 19, 2010 for institutions with less than $15.0 billion in total assets as of December 31, 2009, subject to a limit of 25% of Tier I capital. The Final Capital Rule increased the required capital for certain categories of assets, including high volatility construction real estate loans and certain exposures related to securitizations; however, the Final Capital Rule retained the previous capital treatment of residential mortgages. Under the Final Capital Rule, we were permitted to make a one-time, permanent election to continue to exclude accumulated other comprehensive income from capital. The Company has made this election.

Implementation of these standards, or any other new regulations, may adversely affect our ability to pay dividends, or require us to reduce business levels or raise capital, including in ways that may adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

We face significant legal risks, both from regulatory investigations and proceedings and from private actions brought against us.

From time to time, we are named as a defendant or are otherwise involved in various legal proceedings, including class actions and other litigation or disputes with third parties. There is no assurance that litigation with private parties will not increase in the future. Future actions against us may result in judgments, settlements, fines, penalties or other results adverse to us, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations, or cause serious reputational harm to us. As a participant in the financial services industry, we are exposed to a high level of potential litigation related to our businesses and operations. Although we maintain insurance, the scope of this coverage may not provide us with full, or even partial, coverage in any particular case. As a result, a judgment against us in any such litigation could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operation.

Our businesses and operations are also subject to increasing regulatory oversight and scrutiny, which may lead to additional regulatory investigations or enforcement actions. These and other initiatives from federal and state officials may subject us to further judgments, settlements, fines or penalties, or cause us to be required to restructure our operations and activities, all of which could lead to reputational issues, or higher operational costs, thereby reducing our revenue.

We may incur fines, penalties and other negative consequences from regulatory violations, possibly even inadvertent or unintentional violations.

We maintain systems and procedures designed to ensure that we comply with applicable laws and regulations. However, some legal/regulatory frameworks provide for the imposition of fines or penalties for noncompliance even though the noncompliance was inadvertent or unintentional and even though there was in place at the time systems and procedures designed to ensure compliance. For example, we are subject to regulations issued by the OFAC that prohibit financial institutions from participating in the transfer of property belonging to the governments of certain foreign countries and designated nationals of those countries and certain other persons or entities whose interest in property is blocked by OFAC-administered sanctions. OFAC may impose penalties for inadvertent or unintentional violations even if reasonable processes are in place to prevent the violations. There may be other negative consequences resulting from a finding of noncompliance, including restrictions on certain activities. Such a finding may also damage our reputation as described below and could restrict the ability of institutional investment managers to invest in our securities.


12

Table of Contents

Our loan portfolio includes commercial real estate and commercial loans, which are generally riskier than other types of loans.

At December 31, 2015, our commercial real estate and commercial loan portfolios comprised 52% of total loans. Commercial loans generally carry larger loan balances and involve a higher risk of nonpayment or late payment than residential mortgage loans. These loans may lack standardized terms and may include a balloon payment feature. The ability of a borrower to make or refinance a balloon payment may be affected by a number of factors, including the financial condition of the borrower, prevailing economic conditions and prevailing interest rates. Repayment of these loans is generally more dependent on the economy and the successful operation of a business. Because of the risks associated with commercial loans, we may experience higher rates of default than if the portfolio were more heavily weighted toward residential mortgage loans. Higher rates of default could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

As of December 31, 2015, the most significant industry concentration within our loan portfolio was non-residential building operators (operators of commercial and industrial buildings, retail establishments, theaters, banks and insurance buildings). At December 31, 2015, the non-residential building operators industry was 10% of our total loans, and 27% of our total commercial real estate portfolio. We had no other industry concentrations as of December 31, 2015 in excess of 10% of total loans.

We may incur significant losses as a result of ineffective risk management processes and strategies.

We seek to monitor and control our risk exposure through a risk and control framework encompassing a variety of separate but complementary financial, credit, operational, compliance and legal reporting systems, internal controls, management review processes and other mechanisms. While we employ a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and risk mitigation techniques, those techniques and the judgments that accompany their application may not be effective and may not anticipate every economic and financial outcome in all market environments or the specifics and timing of such outcomes. Market conditions over the last several years have involved unprecedented dislocations and highlight the limitations inherent in using historical data to manage risk.

We may be unable to attract and retain key personnel.

Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to attract and retain key personnel. Competition for qualified personnel in the financial services industry can be intense and we may not be able to hire or retain the key personnel that we depend upon for success. The unexpected loss of services of one or more of our key personnel could have a material adverse impact on our business because of their skills, knowledge of the markets in which we operate, years of industry experience and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel.

We have credit and counterparty risk inherent in our securities portfolio and the soundness of other financial institutions that could adversely affect us.

Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty and other relationships. We maintain a diversified securities portfolio and have exposure to many different counterparties, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial industry, including brokers and dealers, other commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds, and other financial institutions. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, could lead to market-wide liquidity problems and losses or defaults by us or by other institutions and organizations. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default of our counterparty or client. Furthermore, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by us cannot be liquidated or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the financial instrument exposure due to us. There is no assurance that any such losses would not materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

We believe that we have adequately reviewed our investment securities for impairment and we did not recognize any other-than-temporary impairments on our investment securities portfolio in 2015. However, over time, the economic and market environment may provide additional insight regarding the fair value of certain securities, which could change our judgment regarding impairment. In addition, if the counter-party should default, become insolvent, declare bankruptcy, or otherwise cease to exist, the value of our investment may be impaired. This could result in realized losses relating to other-than-temporary declines being charged against future income. Given the significant judgments involved, there is risk that material other-than-temporary impairments may be charged to income in future periods, resulting in realized losses.


13

Table of Contents

We could be held responsible for environmental liabilities of properties we acquired through foreclosure.

In the course of business, we may acquire, through foreclosure, properties securing loans originated or purchased that are in default. Particularly in commercial real estate lending, there is a risk that material environmental violations could be discovered on these properties. In this event, we might be required to remedy these violations at the affected properties at our sole cost and expense. The cost of remedial action could substantially exceed the value of affected properties. We may not have adequate remedies against the prior owner or other responsible parties and could find it difficult or impossible to sell the affected properties. These events could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to reputational risk.

We are dependent on our reputation within our market area, as a trusted and responsible financial company, for all aspects of our relationships with customers, employees, vendors, third-party service providers, and others, with whom we conduct business or potential future business. Our actual or perceived failure to (a) identify and address potential conflicts of interest, ethical issues, money-laundering, or privacy issues; (b) meet legal and regulatory requirements applicable to the Bank and to the Company; (c) maintain the privacy of customer and accompanying personal information; (d) maintain adequate record keeping; (e) engage in proper sales and trading practices; and (f) identify the legal, reputational, credit, liquidity and market risks inherent in our products could give rise to reputational risk that could cause harm to the Bank and our business prospects. If we fail to address any of these issues in an appropriate manner, we could be subject to additional legal risks, which, in turn, could increase the size and number of litigation claims and damages asserted or subject us to enforcement actions, fines and penalties and cause us to incur related costs and expenses. Our ability to attract and retain customers and employees could be adversely affected to the extent our reputation is damaged.

We may be required to write down goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets.

When we acquire a business, a portion of the purchase price of the acquisition may be allocated to goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired determines the amount of the purchase price that is allocated to goodwill acquired. At December 31, 2015, our goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets totaled $104.3 million, which included goodwill and core deposit intangible assets created in connection with the SBM acquisition on October 16, 2015 of $50.9 million and $6.6 million, respectively. Under current accounting standards, if we determine goodwill or intangible assets are impaired, we would be required to write down the value of these assets to fair value. We conduct an annual review, or more frequently if events or circumstances warrant such, to determine whether goodwill is impaired. We recently completed our goodwill impairment analysis as of November 30, 2015 and concluded goodwill was not impaired. We conduct a review of our other intangible assets for impairment should events or circumstances warrant such. There were no triggers for such review for impairment for other intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2015. We cannot provide assurance that we will not be required to take an impairment charge in the future. Any impairment charge would have a negative effect on our shareholders’ equity and financial results and may cause a decline in our stock price.

Systems failures, interruptions or breaches of security could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, data processing system failures and errors, inadequate or failed internal processes, customer or employee fraud and catastrophic failures resulting from terrorist acts or natural disasters. We depend upon data processing, software, communication, and information exchange on a variety of computing platforms and networks and over the internet, and we rely on the services of a variety of vendors to meet our data processing and communication needs. Despite instituted safeguards, we cannot be certain that all of our systems are entirely free from vulnerability to attack or other technological difficulties or failures. Information security risks have increased significantly due to the use of online, telephone and mobile banking channels by customers and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists and other external parties. Our technologies, systems, networks and our customers’ devices may be the target of, cyber-attacks, computer viruses, malicious code, phishing attacks or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of our or our customers’ confidential, proprietary and other information, the theft of customer assets through fraudulent transactions or disruption of our or our customers’ or other third parties’ business operations. If information security is breached or other technology difficulties or failures occur, information may be lost or misappropriated, services and operations may be interrupted and we could be exposed to claims from customers. While we maintain a system of internal controls and procedures, any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.


14

Table of Contents

We must adapt to information technology changes in the financial services industry, which could present operational issues, require significant capital spending, or impact our reputation.

The financial services industry is constantly undergoing technological changes, with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and reduce costs. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers.

We rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure.

Third party vendors provide key components of our business infrastructure such as internet connections, network access and core application processing. While we have selected these third party vendors carefully, we do not control their actions. Any problems caused by these third parties, including as a result of their not providing us their services for any reason or their performing their services poorly, could adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to our customers or otherwise conduct our business efficiently and effectively. Replacing these third party vendors could also entail significant delay and expense.

The market value of wealth management assets under administration may be negatively affected by changes in economic and market conditions.

A substantial portion of income from fiduciary services is dependent on the market value of wealth management assets under administration, which are primarily marketable securities. Changes in domestic and foreign economic conditions, volatility in financial markets, and general trends in business and finance, all of which are beyond our control, could adversely impact the market value of these assets and the fee revenues derived from the management of these assets.

We may not be able to attract and retain wealth management clients at current levels.

Due to strong competition, our wealth management division may not be able to attract and retain clients at current levels. Competition is strong as there are numerous well-established and successful investment management and wealth advisory firms including commercial banks and trust companies, investment advisory firms, mutual fund companies, stock brokerage firms, and other financial companies. Our ability to attract and retain wealth management clients is dependent upon our ability to compete with competitors’ investment products, level of investment performance, client services, and marketing and distribution capabilities. If we are not successful, our results of operations and financial condition may be negatively impacted.

If we do not maintain net income growth, the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

Our return on shareholders’ equity and other measures of profitability, which affect the market price of our common stock, depend in part on our continued growth and expansion. Our growth strategy has two principal components: internal growth and external growth. Our ability to generate internal growth is affected by the competitive factors described below as well as by the primarily rural characteristics and related demographic features of the markets we serve. Our ability to continue to identify and invest in suitable acquisition candidates on acceptable terms is an important component of our external growth strategy. In pursuing acquisition opportunities, we may be in competition with other companies having similar growth strategies. As a result, we may not be able to identify or acquire promising acquisition candidates on acceptable terms. Competition for these acquisitions could result in increased acquisition prices and a diminished pool of acquisition opportunities. An inability to find suitable acquisition candidates at reasonable prices could slow our growth rate and have a negative effect on the market price of our common stock.

We are a holding company and dependent upon our subsidiaries for dividends, distributions and other payments.

We are a legal entity separate and distinct from our subsidiaries. Our revenue (on a parent-only basis) is derived primarily from interest and dividends paid to us by the Bank. Our right, and consequently the right of our shareholders, to participate in any distribution of the assets or earnings of the Bank through the payment of such dividends or otherwise is necessarily subject to the prior claims of creditors of the Bank (including depositors), except to the extent that certain claims of us in a creditor capacity may be recognized.


15

Table of Contents

Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends only when, and if declared by our board of directors. Although we have historically declared cash dividends on our common stock, we are not required to do so and our board of directors may reduce or eliminate our common stock dividend in the future. The FRB has authority to prohibit bank holding companies from paying dividends if such payment is deemed to be an unsafe or unsound practice. Additionally, the OCC has the authority to use its enforcement powers to prohibit a bank from paying dividends if, in its opinion, the payment of dividends would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. Further, when the Final Capital Rule comes into effect, our ability to pay dividends would be restricted if we do not maintain a capital conservation buffer. A reduction or elimination of dividends could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. See Part I, Item 1. “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Dividend Restrictions” and “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Regulatory Capital Requirements.”

Changes in accounting standards can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations.

Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. From time to time, the FASB changes the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be hard to anticipate and implement and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. For example, the FASB’s current financial instruments project could, among other things, significantly change the way loan loss provisions are determined from an incurred loss model to an expected loss model.

Our financial statements are based in part on assumptions and estimates, which, if wrong, could cause unexpected losses in the future.

Pursuant to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, we are required to use certain assumptions and estimates in preparing our financial statements, including in determining credit loss reserves, reserves related to litigation and the fair value of certain assets and liabilities, among other items. If assumptions or estimates underlying our financial statements are incorrect, we may experience material losses. For additional information, see Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies.”

Unanticipated costs relating to the acquisition of SBM could reduce our future earnings per share.

The success of the acquisition of SBM will depend, in part, on our ability to realize the anticipated benefits and cost savings from combining the business of SBM with our business. It is possible that we will not be able to achieve expected synergies related to the acquisition or could incur unexpected future operating expenses such as increased personnel costs or increased taxes, as well as other types of unanticipated adverse developments, which could have a material adverse effect on the results of operations and financial condition of the combined company. If unexpected costs are incurred, the acquisition may not be as accretive as expected or could even have a dilutive effect on our earnings per share.

The integration of the operations of SBM could negatively impact our business and results of operations.

The acquisition of SBM involves the integration of two companies that previously operated independently. The ongoing process of integrating operations could cause an interruption of, or loss of momentum in, the activities of one or more of the combined company’s businesses and the loss of key personnel. The diversion of management’s attention and any delays or difficulties encountered in connection with the integration of the two companies’ operations could have a material adverse effect on the business and results of operations of the combined company.

Our financial condition and results of operations have been adversely affected, and may continue to be adversely affected, by the U.S. and international financial market and economic conditions.

We have been, and continue to be, impacted by general business and economic conditions in the United States and, to a lesser extent, abroad. These conditions include short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation, money supply, political issues, legislative and regulatory changes, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets, broad trends in industry and finance, unemployment and investor confidence, all of which are beyond our control. While in recent years there has been gradual improvement in the U.S. economy, deterioration in any of these conditions could result in increases in loan delinquencies and non-performing assets, decreases in loan collateral values, the value of our investment portfolio and demand for our products and services. Furthermore, while the U.S. economy is improving, the recovery has been slow and there continues to be some uncertainty regarding the sustainability.


16

Table of Contents

Continued market volatility may impact our business and the value of our common stock.

Our business performance and the trading price of shares of our common stock may be affected by many factors affecting financial institutions, including volatility in the credit, mortgage and housing markets, the markets for securities relating to mortgages or housing, and the value of debt and mortgage-backed and other securities that we hold in our investment portfolio. Government action and legislation may also impact us and the value of our common stock. We cannot predict what impact, if any, volatility will have on our business or share price and for these and other reasons our shares of common stock may trade at a price lower than that at which they were purchased.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

At December 31, 2015, the Company owns or leases a total of 68 facilities, excluding any properties designated other real estate owned. All facilities are fully utilized and considered suitable and adequate for the purposes intended. The Company owns 41 of its facilities, none of which are subject to a mortgage, and the remaining branches and two parking lots are leased by the Company. The Company has a 64 branch network located throughout Maine, and three loan offices located in Maine, New Hampshire and Massachusetts.

The following table presents our materially important properties as of December 31, 2015:
Facility Name
 
Location
 
General
Character of the Physical Property
 
Primary Business Segment
 
Property
Status
 
Property
Square Feet(1)
Main Office
 
Camden, Maine
 
3 story building
 
Principal executive office
 
Owned
 
15,500

 
Canal Plaza
 
Portland, Maine
 
2 floors
 
Branch and executive office
 
Leased
 
10,000

 
Hanley Center
 
Rockport, Maine
 
2 story building
 
Service center
 
Owned
 
32,360

 
Libby Hill
 
Gardiner, Maine
 
1 floor
 
Service center
 
Leased
 
11,000

 
Gardiner
 
Gardiner, Maine
 
3 story building
 
Branch and service center
 
Owned
 
10,000

 
Kennebunk
 
Kennebunk, Maine
 
1 floor
 
Branch and service center
 
Owned
 
9,982

 
Acadia Trust
 
Portland, Maine
 
1 floor
 
Main office
 
Leased
 
4,212

 
Auburn
 
Auburn, Maine
 
3 story building
 
Branch
 
Owned
 
13,000

 
Bangor
 
Bangor, Maine
 
1 floor
 
Branch
 
Leased
 
17,432

 
Ellsworth
 
Ellsworth, Maine
 
3 story building
 
Branch
 
Owned
 
44,000

(2) 
Rockland
 
Rockland, Maine
 
3 story building
 
Branch
 
Owned
 
21,600

 
Waterville
 
Waterville, Maine
 
3 story building
 
Branch
 
Owned
 
17,099

 
(1)
Total square footage for leased locations represents the amount of space the Company occupies.
(2)
Includes space leased to third parties.

For additional information regarding the Company's premises and equipment and lease obligations see Note 8 of the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 hereof.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

Various legal claims arise from time to time in the normal course of the Company’s business, which in our opinion, are not expected to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

17


PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The Company’s common stock is currently traded on the NASDAQ Global Market (“NASDAQ”) under the ticker symbol “CAC.” The Company has paid quarterly dividends since its foundation in 1984. The high and low closing sales prices (as quoted by NASDAQ for 2015 and 2014) and cash dividends declared per share of the Company’s common stock, by calendar quarter for the past two years, were as follows:
 
2015
 
2014
  
Market Price
 
Dividends Declared per Share
 
Market Price
 
Dividends Declared per Share
  
High
 
Low
 
 
High
 
Low
 
First Quarter
$
39.84

 
$
36.63

 
$
0.30

 
$
42.00

 
$
34.67

 
$
0.27

Second Quarter
$
41.35

 
$
37.54

 
$
0.30

 
$
41.87

 
$
35.25

 
$
0.27

Third Quarter
$
40.87

 
$
37.89

 
$
0.30

 
$
39.55

 
$
35.00

 
$
0.27

Fourth Quarter
$
45.34

 
$
39.09

 
$
0.30

 
$
41.12

 
$
34.86

 
$
0.30


As of March 3, 2016, there were 10,305,547 shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding held of record and entitled to vote by approximately 1,200 shareholders, as obtained through our transfer agent. Such number of record holders does not reflect the number of persons or entities holding stock in nominee name through banks, brokerage firms and other nominees, which is estimated to be 3,700 shareholders.

Although the Company has historically paid quarterly dividends on its common stock, the Company’s ability to pay such dividends depends on a number of factors, including restrictions under federal laws and regulations on the Company’s ability to pay dividends, and as a result, there can be no assurance that dividends will be paid in the future. For further information on dividend restrictions, refer to Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Capital Resources."

The following graph illustrates the annual percentage change in the cumulative total shareholder return of the Company’s common stock for the period December 31, 2010 through December 31, 2015. For purposes of comparison, the graph illustrates comparable shareholder returns of the SNL $1B – $5B Bank Index and the Russell 2000 Stock Index. The graph assumes a $100 investment on December 31, 2010 in each case and measures the amount by which the market value, assuming reinvestment of dividends, has changed as of December 31, 2015.

Stock Performance Graph


18


On September 24, 2013, the board of directors authorized a common stock repurchase program (the "2013 Repurchase Plan"). The 2013 Repurchase Plan allows for the repurchase of up to 250,000 shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock. This program is expected to continue until the authorized number of shares is repurchased, or the Company’s board of directors terminates the program. There is no specified expiration date of the 2013 Repurchase Plan. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had repurchased 249,500 shares at an average price of $39.82, or 99.8% of the program’s total allotment and 2% of total outstanding shares. The Company did not repurchase any shares of Company common stock for the year ended December 31, 2015.
Issuer's Purchases of Equity Securities
Period
 
Total
number of
shares (or units)
purchased
 
Average
price paid
per share (or unit)
 
Total number of
shares (or units) purchased
as part of publicly
announced plans or programs
 
Maximum number (or appropriate dollar value) of shares (or units) that may yet be purchased under the plans or programs
10/1/2015 to 10/31/2015
 

 
$

 

 
500

11/1/2015 to 11/30/2015
 

 

 

 
500

12/1/2015 to 12/31/2015
 

 

 

 
500

Total
 

 
$

 

 
500


Other information required by this item is incorporated by reference to Item 12. “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.”

19


Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The selected consolidated financial and other data of the Company set forth below does not purport to be complete and should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the more detailed information, including the consolidated financial statements and related notes, appearing elsewhere herein.
 
 
At or For The Years Ended
December 31,
(In Thousands, Except per Share Data)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Financial Condition Data
 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

Investments
 
$
855,995

 
$
803,633

 
$
828,201

 
$
802,084

 
$
611,998

Loans and loans held for sale
 
2,501,164

 
1,772,610

 
1,580,402

 
1,563,866

 
1,520,089

Allowance for loan losses
 
21,166

 
21,116

 
21,590

 
23,044

 
23,011

Total assets
 
3,709,871

 
2,789,853

 
2,603,829

 
2,564,757

 
2,302,720

Deposits
 
2,726,379

 
1,932,097

 
1,813,824

 
1,929,469

 
1,591,366

Borrowings
 
572,889

 
577,002

 
530,092

 
360,163

 
456,233

Shareholders’ equity
 
363,190

 
245,109

 
231,096

 
233,815

 
218,876

Operating Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  

 
  

Net interest income
 
$
86,452

 
$
76,257

 
$
75,441

 
$
73,745

 
$
75,219

Provision for credit losses
 
1,936

 
2,220

 
2,028

 
3,816

 
4,735

Non-interest income
 
27,482

 
24,370

 
27,835

 
23,412

 
23,053

Non-interest expense
 
81,139

 
62,397

 
66,333

 
59,031

 
55,579

Income before income taxes
 
30,859

 
36,010

 
34,915

 
34,310

 
37,958

Income taxes
 
9,907

 
11,440

 
12,132

 
10,882

 
11,781

Net income
 
$
20,952

 
$
24,570

 
$
22,783

 
$
23,428

 
$
26,177

Core operating earnings(1)
 
$
28,186

 
$
24,277

 
$
23,564

 
$
24,324

 
$
26,385

Ratios
 
 
 
 
 
  

 
  

 
  

Return on average assets
 
0.70
%
 
0.92
%
 
0.88
%
 
0.98
%
 
1.13
%
Core return on average assets(1)
 
0.94
%
 
0.90
%
 
0.92
%
 
1.02
%
 
1.14
%
Return on average equity
 
7.54
%
 
10.37
%
 
9.74
%
 
10.31
%
 
12.16
%
Core return on average equity(1)
 
10.15
%
 
10.25
%
 
10.07
%
 
10.71
%
 
12.25
%
Core return on average tangible equity(1)
 
13.20
%
 
13.30
%
 
13.42
%
 
13.68
%
 
15.76
%
Tangible common equity ratio(1)
 
7.18
%
 
7.18
%
 
7.12
%
 
7.19
%
 
7.69
%
Efficiency ratio(1)
 
61.13
%
 
61.58
%
 
62.78
%
 
57.45
%
 
54.63
%
Net interest margin (fully-taxable equivalent)
 
3.19
%
 
3.11
%
 
3.20
%
 
3.36
%
 
3.57
%
Tier I leverage capital ratio(2)
 
8.74
%
 
9.26
%
 
9.43
%
 
8.94
%
 
9.59
%
Total risk-based capital ratio(2)
 
12.98
%
 
15.16
%
 
16.45
%
 
15.56
%
 
15.95
%
Allowance for loan losses to total loans
 
0.85
%
 
1.19
%
 
1.37
%
 
1.48
%
 
1.52
%
Net charge-offs to average loans
 
0.10
%
 
0.16
%
 
0.22
%
 
0.24
%
 
0.26
%
Non-performing loans to total loans
 
0.93
%
 
1.19
%
 
1.80
%
 
1.78
%
 
1.82
%
Non-performing assets to total assets
 
0.66
%
 
0.82
%
 
1.18
%
 
1.13
%
 
1.27
%
Dividend payout ratio
 
50.60
%
 
33.73
%
 
36.30
%
 
32.73
%
 
44.05
%
Per common share data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  

 
  

Basic earnings per share
 
$
2.60

 
$
3.29

 
$
2.98

 
$
3.06

 
$
3.41

Diluted earnings per share
 
2.60

 
3.28

 
2.97

 
3.05

 
3.40

Core diluted earnings per share(1)
 
3.49

 
3.24

 
3.07

 
3.17

 
3.43

Dividends declared per share
 
1.20

 
1.11

 
1.08

 
1.00

 
1.50

Book value per share
 
35.54

 
33.01

 
30.49

 
30.67

 
28.56

Tangible book value per share(1)
 
25.33

 
26.52

 
23.98

 
23.68

 
22.66

(1)
Please see Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliation to GAAP" for discussion and reconciliations of non-GAAP measures.
(2)
Effective January 1, 2015, the Company reported regulatory capital ratios in accordance with the Basel III regulatory capital rule and framework.

20


Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The discussion below focuses on the factors affecting our consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and financial condition at December 31, 2015 and 2014 and, where appropriate, factors that may affect our future financial performance, unless stated otherwise. The dollar amounts within the tables are presented in thousands, except per share data. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, notes to the consolidated financial statements and selected consolidated financial data.

Acronyms and Abbreviations

The acronyms and abbreviations identified below are used throughout Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." The following is provided to aid the reader and provide a reference page when reviewing this section of the Form 10-K.
Acadia Trust:
Acadia Trust, N.A., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Camden National Corporation
 
FHLBB:
Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston
AFS:
Available-for-sale
 
FRB:
Federal Reserve Bank
ALCO:
Asset/Liability Committee
 
Freddie Mac:
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
ALL:
Allowance for loan losses
 
GAAP:
Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
AOCI:
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
 
HPFC:
Healthcare Professional Funding Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Camden National Bank
ASC:
Accounting Standards Codification
 
HTM:
Held-to-maturity
ASU:
Accounting Standards Update
 
IRS:
Internal Revenue Service
Bank:
Camden National Bank, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Camden National Corporation
 
LIBOR:
London Interbank Offered Rate
BOLI:
Bank-owned life insurance
 
LTIP:
Long-Term Performance Share Plan
Board ALCO:
Board of Directors' Asset/Liability Committee
 
Management ALCO:
Management Asset/Liability Committee
Branch Acquisition:
The acquisition of 14 branches from Bank of America, N.A. in 2012, after divesting of one branch as required by the Department of Justice
 
MBS:
Mortgage-backed security
Branch Divestiture:
The divestiture of five Franklin County branches in 2013
 
Merger:
On October 16, 2015, the two-step merger of Camden National Corporation, SBM Financial, Inc. and Atlantic Acquisitions, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Camden National Corporation, was completed
BSA:
Bank Secrecy Act
 
Merger Agreement:
Plan of Merger, dated as of March 29, 2015, by and among Camden National Corporation, SBM Financial, Inc. and Atlantic Acquisitions, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company
CCTA:
Camden Capital Trust A, an unconsolidated entity formed by Camden National Corporation
 
MSHA:
Maine State Housing Authority
CDARS:
Certificate of Deposit Account Registry System
 
MSRs:
Mortgage servicing rights
CDs:
Certificate of deposits
 
MSPP:
Management Stock Purchase Plan
Company:
Camden National Corporation
 
OTTI:
Other-than-temporary impairment
CSV:
Cash surrender value
 
NIM:
Net interest margin on a fully-taxable basis
CMO:
Collateralized mortgage obligation
 
N.M.:
Not meaningful
DCRP:
Defined Contribution Retirement Plan
 
Non-Agency:
Non-agency private issue collateralized mortgage obligation
EPS:
Earnings per share
 
NRV:
Net realizable value
FASB:
Financial Accounting Standards Board
 
OCC:
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
FDIC:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
 
OCI:
Other comprehensive income (loss)
FHLB:
Federal Home Loan Bank
 
OFAC:
Office of Foreign Assets Control



21

Table of Contents

OREO:
Other real estate owned
 
U.S.:
United States of America
SBM:
SBM Financial, Inc., the parent company of The Bank of Maine
 
2003 Plan:
2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
SERP:
Supplemental executive retirement plans
 
2012 Plan:
2012 Equity and Incentive Plan
TDR:
Troubled-debt restructured loan
 
2013 Repurchase Program:
2013 Common Stock Repurchase Program, approved by the Company's Board of Directors
UBCT:
Union Bankshares Capital Trust I, an unconsolidated entity formed by Union Bankshares Company that was subsequently acquired by Camden National Corporation
 
 
 

Executive Overview

In 2015, we achieved two significant milestones in the Company's long history with the acquisition of SBM, the parent company of The Bank of Maine, and reported record core operating earnings(1) (which excludes the effect of certain one-time non-recurring transactions) of $28.2 million. We announced on March 30, 2015 the merger of the Company and SBM, including their respective subsidiaries, and on October 16, 2015, the transaction was completed and all systems were converted and integrated shortly thereafter. As a combined organization, the Company has 64 banking centers and 85 ATMs across Maine and three lending offices in Maine, New Hampshire and Massachusetts. Total SBM assets, loans and deposits acquired as of the acquisition date (October 16, 2015) totaled $840.1 million, $615.2 million and $687.0 million, respectively. The merger of these two organizations expanded our footprint across New England, while providing an immediate larger presence in Southern Maine. As a combined organization, we will be able to achieve synergies through the operational efficiencies gained from systems integration, fewer employees, and other consolidations.

In connection with the SBM acquisition, we incurred one-time acquisition costs of $10.4 million in 2015 and issued 2.7 million shares of Company common stock. While the SBM acquisition resulted in lower net income and diluted EPS (as calculated under GAAP) for 2015, our focus continues to be on creating long-term shareholder value and success for the Company. We continue to remain committed on achieving our tangible book value dilution earn-back over a five-year period as originally planned and communicated.

As part of the SBM acquisition, we acquired HPFC, which provides lending services to dentists, veterinarians, and optometrists across the U.S. After an extensive analysis we determined that at this time the capital and operational resources required to allow HPFC to reach its full potential did not align with our need to focus on ensuring we meet the profitability targets of the Merger. Operations at HPFC were closed on February 19, 2016. We will continue to earn revenues from HPFC's loan portfolio as it naturally runs off over the next five to ten years.

The following provides financial highlights as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to prior periods:

Operating Results. The Company reported consolidated net income and diluted EPS for the year ended December 31, 2015 of $21.0 million and $2.60 per share, respectively, representing a $3.6 million, or 15%, decrease in net income and a $0.68 per share, or 21%, decrease in diluted EPS compared to the same period for 2014. The decrease in net income and diluted EPS reflects the investment made in connection with acquisition of SBM, whereby the Company incurred $10.4 million of one-time acquisition-related costs in 2015 and issued 2.7 million shares of Company common stock in the fourth quarter of 2015.

Excluding the one-time acquisition costs and certain other non-core items incurred in 2015, we reported core operating earnings of $28.2 million, representing a $3.9 million, or 16%, increase over 2014, and core diluted EPS(1) of $3.49 per share, representing a $0.25 per share, or 8%, increase over 2014.









______________________________________________________________________________________________________
(1)
This is a non-GAAP measure. Refer to "—Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliation to GAAP" within Item 7 of this report.

22


We utilize other key financial ratios to measure our financial performance internally and to others within our industry, including:
 
At or For The Years Ended
December 31,
 
Increase / (Decrease)
 
2015
 
2014
 
Core return on average assets
0.94
%
 
0.90
%
 
0.04
 %
Core return on average tangible equity
13.20
%
 
13.30
%
 
(0.10
)%
Efficiency ratio
61.13
%
 
61.58
%
 
(0.45
)%
Tangible book value per share
$
25.33

 
$
26.52

 
$
(1.19
)


23





Financial Condition. Total assets at December 31, 2015 of $3.7 billion increased $920.0 million, or 33%, since December 31, 2014 due to (i) the SBM acquisition, which included acquired total assets of $840.1 million, and (ii) organic asset growth of $79.9 million, or 3%. Total assets growth was driven by strong organic loan growth of $102.4 million, or 6%, for the year led by 11% growth in the commercial loan portfolio, with total loans of $1.3 billion at December 31, 2015. Additionally, we acquired $615.2 million of loans in conjunction with SBM acquisition.

Total deposits (excluding brokered deposits) at December 31, 2015 reached $2.5 billion compared to $1.7 billion last year. The significant increase not only reflects the deposits acquired from SBM of $687.0 million but, also, strong organic deposit growth (excluding brokered deposits) in 2015 of $125.9 million, or 7%. Total borrowings (including brokered deposits) at December 31, 2015 decreased $22.8 million compared to December 31, 2014, which includes $15.0 million of subordinated notes issued in the fourth quarter of 2015.

24



We continue to maintain a strong capital position at December 31, 2015 highlighted by a shareholders' equity to total assets ratio of 9.79% and a tangible common equity ratio(1) of 7.18%. Our risk-based capital ratios at December 31, 2015 exceeded all regulatory levels required for an institution to be considered “well capitalized.” At December 31, 2015, our total risk-based capital ratio, Tier I risk-based capital ratio, common equity Tier I risk-based capital ratio, and Tier I leverage capital ratio was 12.98%, 11.58%, 10.42%, and 8.74%, respectively.

For 2015, we declared dividends of $1.20 per share to our shareholders totaling $10.6 million, which was an increase over dividends declared in 2014 of 8% per share and $2.4 million, respectively.



25


Critical Accounting Policies

Critical accounting policies are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgments and uncertainties, and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. In preparing the Company’s consolidated financial statements, management is required to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses reported. Actual results could materially differ from our current estimates, as a result of changing conditions and future events. Several estimates are particularly critical and are susceptible to significant near-term change, including (i) the allowance for loan losses; (ii) accounting for acquisitions and the subsequent review of goodwill and core deposit intangible assets generated in an acquisition for impairment; (iii) OTTI of investments; (iv) accounting for postretirement plans; and (v) income taxes.

Allowance for Loan Losses. Management is committed to maintaining an ALL that is appropriate to absorb likely loss exposure in the loan portfolio. Evaluating the appropriateness of the ALL is a key management function and one that requires the most significant amount of management estimates and assumptions. The ALL, which is established through a charge to the provision for credit losses, consists of two components: (i) a reduction to total gross loans in the asset section of the consolidated statements of condition, and (ii) the reserve for unfunded commitments included in other liabilities on the consolidated statements of condition. We regularly evaluate the ALL for adequacy by taking into consideration, among other factors, historical trends in charge-offs and delinquencies, overall risk characteristics and size of the portfolios, ongoing review of significant individual loans, trends in levels of watched or criticized assets, business and economic conditions, local industry trends, regulatory guidance, and other relevant factors.

In determining the appropriate level of ALL, we use a methodology to systematically measure the amount of estimated loan loss exposure inherent in the loan portfolio. The methodology focuses on three key elements: (i) identification of loss allocations for specific loans, (ii) loss allocation factors for certain loan types based on credit grade and loss experience, and (iii) general loss allocations for other qualitative and environmental factors.

Loans for which a specific loss allocation may be required are identified and assessed at least quarterly by reviewing individual loans with a principal balance of $250,000 or more that are risk rated as substandard or doubtful and are on non-accrual status in accordance with Bank policy. We believe loans that meet the above criteria most often demonstrate the qualities and characteristics of an impaired loan and are individually significant enough to the Company to warrant individual assessment. An allowance is established for each of these loans to reduce the net carrying value when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market) of the impaired loan is lower than the recorded investment of the loan.

The remaining loan portfolio is separated into risk pools by portfolio segment and subject to a general reserve factor. At least annually, we reassess and revise the loss allocation factor used in constructing the reserve for each risk pool. The factors we consider in constructing each risk pool include: (i) risk rating; (ii) historical losses; (iii) market conditions; and (iv) other environmental factors.

In assessing the risk rating of a particular loan, we consider, among other factors, the obligor’s debt capacity, financial condition, the level of the obligor’s earnings, the amount and sources of repayment, the performance with respect to loan terms, the adequacy of collateral, the level and nature of contingent liabilities, management strength, and the industry in which the obligor operates. These factors are based on an evaluation of historical information, as well as a subjective assessment and interpretation of current conditions. Emphasizing one factor over another, or considering additional factors that may be relevant in determining the risk rating of a particular loan but which are not currently an explicit part of our methodology, could impact the risk rating assigned to that loan.

Three times a year, management conducts a thorough review of adversely risk rated commercial and commercial real estate exposures exceeding certain thresholds to re-evaluate the risk rating and identify impaired loans. This extensive review takes into account the obligor’s repayment history and financial condition, collateral value, guarantor support, local economic and industry trends, and other factors relevant to the particular loan relationship.

Because the methodology is based upon historical experience and trends as well as management’s judgment, factors may arise that result in different estimations. Significant factors that could give rise to changes in these estimates may include, but are not limited to, changes in economic conditions in our market area, concentration of risk, declines in local property values, and the results of regulatory examinations. While management’s evaluation of the ALL as of December 31, 2015 determined it to be appropriate, under adversely different conditions or assumptions, we may need to increase the ALL. Monthly, management reviews the ALL to assess recent asset quality trends and impact on the Company's financial condition. Quarterly, the ALL is brought before the Bank's board of directors for discussion, review, and approval.


26


The adequacy of the reserve for unfunded commitments is determined in a similar manner as the ALL, with the exception that management must also estimate the likelihood of these commitments being funded and becoming loans. This is accomplished by evaluating the historical utilization of each type of unfunded commitment and estimating the likelihood that the historical utilization rates could change in the future.

Purchase Price Allocation and Impairment of Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets. We record all acquired assets and liabilities at fair value, which is an estimate determined by the use of internal valuation techniques. We also may engage external valuation services to assist with the valuation of material assets and liabilities acquired, including, but not limited to, loans, core deposit intangibles, real estate and time deposits. As part of purchase accounting, we typically acquire goodwill and other intangible assets as part of the purchase price. These assets are subject to ongoing periodic impairment tests under differing accounting models. On October 16, 2015, we completed the acquisition of SBM, the parent company of The Bank of Maine. We did not acquire any other company or assets in 2014.

Goodwill impairment evaluations are required to be performed at least annually, but may be required more frequently if certain conditions indicate a potential impairment may exist. Our policy is to perform the goodwill impairment analysis annually as of November 30th, or more frequently as warranted. The goodwill impairment evaluation is required to be performed at the reporting unit level - (i) banking and (ii) financial services - and is performed using the two-step process outlined in GAAP. The banking reporting unit is representative of our core banking business line, while the financial services reporting unit is representative of our wealth management and trust services business line.

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we performed step one of the annual goodwill impairment test for each reporting unit and in doing so, we concluded that the estimated fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its respective carrying value. As such, we concluded that goodwill was not impaired as of November 30, 2015 and 2014. Furthermore, we are not aware of any indications and/or triggers subsequent to our goodwill impairment analysis performed as of November 30, 2015 that would lead us to believe there may be subsequent impairment of goodwill.

Core deposit intangible assets have a finite life and are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Core deposit intangible assets are subject to impairment tests if events or circumstances indicate a possible inability to realize the carrying amount. Core deposit intangible assets are measured for impairment utilizing a cost recovery model. We did not identify any events or circumstances that occurred for the years ended December 31, 2015 or 2014 that would indicate that our core deposit intangible assets may be impaired and should be evaluated for such.

OTTI of Investments. We record an investment impairment charge at the point we believe an investment has experienced a decline in value that is other-than-temporary. In determining whether an OTTI has occurred, we review information about the underlying investment that is publicly available, analysts’ reports, applicable industry data and other pertinent information, and assess our intent and ability to hold the security for the foreseeable future until recovered. The investment is written down to its current fair value at the time the impairment is deemed to have occurred. Future adverse changes in market conditions, continued poor operating results of underlying investments or other factors could result in further losses that may not be reflected in an investment’s current carrying value, possibly requiring an additional impairment charge in the future.

Accounting for Postretirement Plans. We use a December 31st measurement date to determine the expenses for our postretirement plans and related financial disclosure information. Postretirement plan expense is sensitive to changes in the number of eligible employees (and their related demographics), changes in the discount rate, mortality rate, and other expected rates, such as medical cost trends rates and salary scale assumptions.

Income Taxes. We account for income taxes by deferring income taxes based on the estimated future tax effects of differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities considering the provisions of enacted tax laws. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in the consolidated statements of condition. We must also assess the likelihood that any deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and establish a valuation allowance for those assets determined not likely to be recoverable. Judgment is required in determining the amount and timing of recognition of the resulting deferred tax assets and liabilities, including projections of future taxable income. Although we have determined a valuation allowance is not required for all deferred tax assets, there is no guarantee that these assets will be realized. Although not currently under review, income tax returns for the years ended December 31, 2012 through 2014 are open to audit by federal and various state authorities. If we, as a result of an audit, were assessed interest and penalties, the amounts would be recorded through other non-interest expense on the consolidated statements of income.


27


Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliation to GAAP

In addition to evaluating the Company’s results of operations in accordance with GAAP, management supplements this evaluation with an analysis of certain non-GAAP financial measures, such as the efficiency ratio, tax equivalent net interest income, tangible book value per share, tangible common equity ratio, core operating earnings, core diluted EPS, core return on average assets, and core return on average equity and core return on average tangible equity. We utilize these non-GAAP financial measures for purposes of measuring our performance against our peer group and other financial institutions and analyzing our internal performance. We also believe these non-GAAP financial measures help investors better understand the Company’s operating performance and trends and allow for better performance comparisons to other banks. In addition, these non-GAAP financial measures remove the impact of unusual items that may obscure trends in the Company’s underlying performance. These disclosures should not be viewed as a substitute for GAAP operating results, nor are they necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other financial institutions.

Efficiency Ratio. The efficiency ratio, which represents an approximate measure of the cost required for the Company to generate a dollar of revenue, is the ratio of (i) total non-interest expense excluding (a) one-time acquisition and divestiture costs, (b) goodwill impairment, and (c) prepayment penalties on borrowings (the numerator) to (ii) net interest income on a tax equivalent basis (assumed 35% tax rate) plus total non-interest income excluding (a) net gains or losses on sale of securities, net of OTTI, (b) gain on the Branch Divestiture, (c) and gain on sale of branch facility.
 
 
For The Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Non-interest expense, as presented
 
$
81,139

 
$
62,397

 
$
66,333

 
$
59,031

 
$
55,579

Less: acquisition and divestiture costs
 
10,415

 

 
374

 
2,324

 

Less: goodwill impairment
 

 

 
2,830

 

 
50

Less: prepayment penalties on borrowings
 

 

 

 
2,030

 
2,318

Adjusted non-interest expense
 
$
70,724

 
$
62,397

 
$
63,129

 
$
54,677

 
$
53,211

Net interest income, as presented
 
$
86,452

 
$
76,257

 
$
75,441

 
$
73,745

 
$
75,219

Add: effect of tax-exempt income
 
1,763

 
1,157

 
808

 
988

 
1,212

Non-interest income
 
27,482

 
24,370

 
27,835

 
23,412

 
23,053

Less: net gains on sale of securities, net of OTTI
 
4

 
451

 
785

 
2,498

 
2,076

Less: gain on Branch Divestiture
 

 

 
2,742

 

 

Less: gain on sale of branch facility
 

 

 

 
479

 

Adjusted net interest income plus non-interest income
 
$
115,693

 
$
101,333

 
$
100,557

 
$
95,168

 
$
97,408

Non-GAAP efficiency ratio
 
61.13
%
 
61.58
%
 
62.78
%
 
57.45
%
 
54.63
%
GAAP efficiency ratio
 
71.22
%
 
62.01
%
 
64.23
%
 
60.76
%
 
56.49
%

Tax Equivalent Net Interest Income. Tax-equivalent net interest income is net interest income plus the taxes that would have been paid had tax-exempt securities been taxable (assuming a 35% tax rate). This number attempts to enhance the comparability of the performance of assets that have different tax liabilities.
 
 
For The Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Net interest income, as presented
 
$
86,452

 
$
76,257

 
$
75,441

 
$
73,745

 
$
75,219

Effect of tax-exempt income
 
1,763

 
1,157

 
808

 
988

 
1,212

Net interest income, tax equivalent
 
$
88,215

 
$
77,414

 
$
76,249

 
$
74,733

 
$
76,431



28


Tangible Book Value per Share. Tangible book value per share is the ratio of (i) shareholders’ equity less goodwill, premium on deposits and other acquisition-related intangibles (the numerator) to (ii) total common shares outstanding at period end. The following table reconciles tangible book value per share to book value per share. We believe this is a meaningful measure as it provides information to assess capital adequacy and is a common measure within our industry.

Tangible Common Equity Ratio. Tangible common equity is the ratio of (i) shareholders’ equity less goodwill and other intangible assets (the numerator) to (ii) total assets less goodwill and other intangible assets. This ratio is a measure used within our industry to assess whether or not a company is highly leveraged.
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Tangible Book Value Per Share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders' equity, as presented
 
$
363,190

 
$
245,109

 
$
231,096

 
$
233,815

 
$
218,876

Less: goodwill and other intangible assets
 
104,324

 
48,171

 
49,319

 
53,299

 
45,194

Tangible equity
 
$
258,866

 
$
196,938

 
$
181,777

 
$
180,516

 
$
173,682

Shares outstanding at period end
 
10,220,478

 
7,426,222

 
7,579,913

 
7,622,750

 
7,664,975

Tangible book value per share
 
$
25.33

 
$
26.52

 
$
23.98

 
$
23.68

 
$
22.66

Book value per share
 
$
35.54

 
$
33.01

 
$
30.49

 
$
30.67

 
$
28.56

Tangible Common Equity Ratio:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
 
$
3,709,871

 
$
2,789,853

 
$
2,603,829

 
$
2,564,757

 
$
2,302,720

Less: goodwill and other intangibles
 
104,324

 
48,171

 
49,319

 
53,299

 
45,194

Tangible assets
 
$
3,605,547

 
$
2,741,682

 
$
2,554,510

 
$
2,511,458

 
$
2,257,526

Tangible common equity ratio
 
7.18
%
 
7.18
%
 
7.12
%
 
7.19
%
 
7.69
%
Shareholders' equity to total assets
 
9.79
%
 
8.79
%
 
8.88
%
 
9.12
%
 
9.51
%


29


Core Operating Earnings, Core Diluted EPS, Core Return on Average Assets and Core Return on Average Equity and Average Tangible Equity: The following tables provide a reconciliation of GAAP net income, GAAP diluted EPS, GAAP return on average assets and average shareholders' equity to exclude the financial impact of certain transactions for which management does not believe are representative of its core operations. Management utilizes core operating earnings, core diluted EPS, core return on average assets and average shareholders' equity to compare and assess core operation financial results period-over-period.
 
 
For The Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Core Operating Earnings:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income, as presented
 
$
20,952

 
$
24,570

 
$
22,783

 
$
23,428

 
$
26,177

Acquisition and divestiture costs, net of tax(1)
 
7,237

 

 
243

 
1,511

 

Net gains on sale of securities, net of OTTI(2)
 
(3
)
 
(293
)
 
(510
)
 
(1,624
)
 
(1,349
)
Goodwill impairment(2)
 

 

 
2,830

 

 
50

Gain on Branch Divestiture(2)
 

 

 
(1,782
)
 

 

Prepayment penalties on borrowings(2)
 

 

 

 
1,320

 
1,507

Gain on sale of branch facility(2)
 

 

 

 
(311
)
 

Core operating earnings
 
$
28,186

 
$
24,277

 
$
23,564

 
$
24,324

 
$
26,385

Core Diluted EPS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted EPS, as presented
 
$
2.60

 
$
3.28

 
$
2.97

 
$
3.05

 
$
3.40

Non-core transactions impact
 
0.89

 
(0.04
)
 
0.10

 
0.12

 
0.03

Core diluted EPS
 
$
3.49

 
$
3.24

 
$
3.07

 
$
3.17

 
$
3.43

Core Return on Average Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average assets, as presented
 
0.70
%
 
0.92
 %
 
0.88
%
 
0.98
%
 
1.13
%
Non-core transactions impact
 
0.24
%
 
(0.02
)%
 
0.04
%
 
0.04
%
 
0.01
%
Core return on average assets
 
0.94
%
 
0.90
 %
 
0.92
%
 
1.02
%
 
1.14
%
Core Return on Average Equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average equity, as presented
 
7.54
%
 
10.37
 %
 
9.74
%
 
10.31
%
 
12.16
%
Non-core transactions impact
 
2.61
%
 
(0.12
)%
 
0.33
%
 
0.40
%
 
0.09
%
Core return on average equity
 
10.15
%
 
10.25
 %
 
10.07
%
 
10.71
%
 
12.25
%
(1) Assumed a 35% tax rate for deductible expenses.
(2) Assumed a 35% tax rate, with the exception of goodwill impairment as this was a non-taxable event.


30


 
 
For The Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Core Return on Average Tangible Equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income, as presented
 
$
20,952

 
$
24,570

 
$
22,783

 
$
23,428

 
$
26,177

Amortization of intangible assets, net of tax(1)
 
849

 
746

 
747

 
427

 
375

Acquisition and divestiture costs, net of tax(2)
 
7,237

 

 
243

 
1,511

 

Net gains on sale of securities, net of OTTI(1)
 
(3
)
 
(293
)
 
(510
)
 
(1,624
)
 
(1,349
)
Goodwill impairment(1)
 

 

 
2,830

 

 
50

Gain on Branch Divestiture(1)
 

 

 
(1,782
)
 

 

Prepayment penalties on borrowings(1)
 

 

 

 
1,320

 
1,507

Gain on sale of branch facility(1)
 

 

 

 
(311
)
 

Core tangible operating earnings
 
$
29,035

 
$
25,023

 
$
24,311

 
$
24,751

 
$
26,760

Average equity
 
$
277,716

 
$
236,849

 
$
233,888

 
$
227,129

 
$
215,311

Less: average goodwill and other intangible assets
 
57,833

 
48,735

 
52,708

 
46,253

 
45,533

Average tangible equity
 
$
219,883

 
$
188,114

 
$
181,180

 
$
180,876

 
$
169,778

Core return on average tangible equity
 
13.20
%
 
13.30
%
 
13.42
%
 
13.68
%
 
15.76
%
Return on average equity
 
7.54
%
 
10.37
%
 
9.74
%
 
10.31
%
 
12.16
%
(1) Assumed 35.0% tax rate, with the exception of goodwill impairment as this was a non-taxable event.
(2) Assumed 35.0% tax rate for deductible expenses.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Results of Operations

For the year ended December 31, 2015, we reported net income of $21.0 million compared to $24.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, and $22.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Diluted EPS for each of these years were $2.60, $3.28, and $2.97, respectively. The major components of these results, which include net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income, non-interest expense, and income tax expense, are discussed below.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is interest earned on loans, securities, and other interest-earning assets, plus net loan fees, origination costs and fair value marks on loans and/or time deposits created in purchase accounting, less the interest paid on interest-bearing deposits and borrowings. Net interest income, which is our largest source of revenue accounting for approximately 76% of total revenues, is affected by factors including, but not limited to: changes in interest rates, loan and deposit pricing strategies and competitive conditions, loan prepayment speeds, the volume and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and the level of non-performing assets. Net interest margin is calculated as net interest income on a fully-taxable equivalent basis as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. Net interest margin for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and was 3.19%, 3.11%, and 3.20%.

2015 vs. 2014 Net Interest Income. Net interest income was $88.2 million on a fully-taxable equivalent basis for 2015, compared to $77.4 million for 2014, representing an increase of $10.8 million, or 14%. The increase was driven by higher average loan balance of $267.3 million, or 16%, and lower funding costs of 3 basis points. Our net interest margin on a fully-taxable equivalent basis for 2015 was 3.19%, representing an increase of 8 basis points over 2014. Our 2015 net interest margin on a fully-taxable equivalent basis benefited from certain non-recurring and non-core income transactions, including (i) the full payoff of one significant relationship that was on non-accrual status and we recognized income of $734,000, and (ii) loan and CD fair value marks created in purchase accounting from the SBM acquisition, which totaled $711,000 for 2015. Excluding these transactions, our net interest margin on a fully-taxable equivalent basis for 2015 was 3.14%.


31


For 2015, our interest income on fully-taxable equivalent basis reached $100.9 million, compared to $89.5 million for 2014. The increase of $11.4 million was driven by an increase in our average loan balances during 2015, which was a result of (i) organic loan growth during 2015 of $102.4 million, or 6%, and (ii) the acquisition of SBM on October 16, 2015, which included $615.2 million of loans on acquisition date. The SBM acquisition not only provided us with higher average balances and interest income balances, but also improved our interest rate risk position in a rising rate environment due to the level of floating rate loans within the acquired loan portfolio as well as total deposits acquired of $687.0 million. Additionally, in 2015, we increased our use of customer loans swaps within our commercial real estate loan portfolio to improve our interest rate risk position in a rising rate environment by swapping fixed rate for variable rate. At December 31, 2015 our total notional on customer loan swaps with our borrowers totaled $142.9 million compared to $29.1 million at December 31, 2014 (we have matching notional agreements with a counterparty).

For 2015, our interest expense associated with deposits and borrowings totaled $12.7 million, compared to $12.1 million for 2014, representing an increase of $564,000, or 5%. The increase in total interest expense was due to higher cost average balances on our total deposits, excluding brokered deposits, as well higher borrowing costs, primarily associated with the issuance of $15.0 million of ten-year subordinated debentures bearing interest at an annual rate of 5.50% on October 8, 2016. Throughout 2015, we were able to effectively manage our borrowings by utilizing brokered deposits at lower interest rates than other borrowing means to aid the funding of our loan growth throughout the year.

2014 vs. 2013 Net Interest Income. Net interest income was $77.4 million on a fully-taxable equivalent basis for 2014, compared to $76.2 million for 2013, an increase of $1.2 million, or 2%. The increase in net interest income is reflective of 4% growth in average interest-earning assets during 2014 partially offset by a 9 basis point decline in our net interest margin to 3.11% in 2014 from 3.20% in 2013. Loan growth fueled the increase in average interest-earning assets as average loan balances increased $100.4 million, or 6%, compared to 2013. Borrowings were primarily used to fund the loan growth, including brokered deposits and short-term FHLB borrowings, as average borrowings increased $182.8 million, or 35%. The decrease in average deposits in 2014 compared to 2013 of $75.7 million, or 4%, is primarily attributable to the Branch Divestiture that occurred in the fourth quarter of 2013 with the sale of $80.4 million of deposits.

The yield on our average interest-earning assets decreased 13 basis points during 2014 compared to a 5 basis point decrease on our average cost of funds. Our yield on interest-earning assets averaged 3.60% in 2014 compared to 3.73% in 2013 as both the investment and loan portfolio yields continue to be impacted by the current low interest rate environment. The cost of funds averaged 0.50% in 2014 compared to 0.55% in 2013 as we continue to fund asset growth through short-term borrowings at low interest rates. Our average cost of deposits, which continues to be our primary funding source, was 0.28% for 2014, representing a decrease of 4 basis points compared to 2013.


32


The following table presents, for the years noted, average balances, interest income, interest expense, and the corresponding average yields earned and rates paid, as well as net interest income, net interest rate spread and net interest margin:
 
 
Average Balance, Interest and Yield/Rate Analysis
 
 
For The Years Ended
December 31,
  
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
Average Balance
 
Interest
 
Yield/Rate
 
Average Balance
 
Interest
 
Yield/Rate
 
Average Balance
 
Interest
 
Yield/Rate
ASSETS
 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

Interest-earning assets:
 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

Securities – taxable
 
$
739,168

 
$
15,715

 
2.13
%
 
$
770,202

 
$
16,474

 
2.14
%
 
$
772,095

 
$
16,751

 
2.17
%
Securities – nontaxable(1)
 
76,779

 
3,397

 
4.42
%
 
37,499

 
1,932

 
5.15
%
 
30,672

 
1,799

 
5.87
%
Loans(2)(3):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
 
636,516

 
26,505

 
4.16
%
 
571,593

 
24,036

 
4.21
%
 
571,291

 
25,209

 
4.41
%
Commercial real estate
 
716,112

 
31,859

 
4.45
%
 
594,224

 
26,976

 
4.54
%
 
515,501

 
24,764

 
4.80
%
Commercial(1)(4)
 
271,631

 
10,907

 
4.02
%
 
211,722

 
8,346

 
3.94
%
 
173,933

 
7,591

 
4.36
%
Municipal(1)
 
13,698

 
471

 
3.44
%
 
13,794

 
486

 
3.52
%
 
11,799

 
508

 
4.31
%
Consumer
 
310,664

 
12,053

 
3.88
%
 
289,964

 
11,292

 
3.89
%
 
308,335

 
12,369

 
4.01
%
Total loans
 
1,948,621

 
81,795

 
4.20
%
 
1,681,297

 
71,136

 
4.23
%
 
1,580,859

 
70,441

 
4.46
%
Total interest-earning assets
 
2,764,568

 
100,907

 
3.65
%
 
2,488,998

 
89,542

 
3.60
%
 
2,383,626

 
88,991

 
3.73
%
Cash and due from banks
 
55,256

 
  

 
  

 
44,276

 
  

 
  

 
43,879

 
  

 
  

Other assets
 
200,857

 
  

 
  

 
171,204

 
  

 
  

 
169,852

 
  

 
  

Less: ALL
 
(21,281
)
 
 
 
 
 
(21,691
)
 
 
 
 
 
(22,968
)
 
 
 
 
Total assets
 
$
2,999,400

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,682,787

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,574,389

 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES & SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

Deposits:
 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

Demand
 
$
292,776

 
$

 
%
 
$
251,609

 
$

 
%
 
$
241,520

 
$

 
%
Interest checking
 
543,330

 
427

 
0.08
%
 
465,740

 
325

 
0.07
%
 
476,448

 
324

 
0.07
%
Savings
 
306,536

 
180

 
0.06
%
 
250,148

 
142

 
0.06
%
 
237,110

 
133

 
0.06
%
Money market
 
394,367

 
1,283

 
0.33
%
 
413,712

 
1,206

 
0.29
%
 
442,908

 
1,346

 
0.30
%
Certificates of deposit(3)
 
357,972

 
3,126

 
0.87
%
 
328,887

 
3,116

 
0.95
%
 
387,816

 
3,856

 
0.99
%
Total deposits
 
1,894,981

 
5,016

 
0.26
%
 
1,710,096

 
4,789

 
0.28
%
 
1,785,802

 
5,659

 
0.32
%
Borrowings:
 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

Brokered deposits
 
229,079

 
1,495

 
0.65
%
 
157,265

 
1,478

 
0.94
%
 
118,423

 
1,414

 
1.19
%
Subordinated debentures
 
47,569

 
2,724

 
5.73
%
 
43,973

 
2,532

 
5.76
%
 
43,871

 
2,532

 
5.77
%
Other borrowings
 
511,632

 
3,457

 
0.68
%
 
504,803

 
3,329

 
0.66
%
 
360,948

 
3,137

 
0.87
%
Total borrowings
 
788,280

 
7,676

 
0.97
%
 
706,041

 
7,339

 
1.04
%
 
523,242

 
7,083

 
1.35
%
Total funding liabilities
 
2,683,261

 
12,692

 
0.47
%
 
2,416,137

 
12,128

 
0.50
%
 
2,309,044

 
12,742

 
0.55
%
Other liabilities
 
38,423

 
  

 
  

 
29,801

 
  

 
  

 
31,457

 
  

 
  

Shareholders’ equity
 
277,716

 
 
 
 
 
236,849

 
 
 
 
 
233,888

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and
shareholders’ equity
 
$
2,999,400

 
 
 
 

$
2,682,787

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,574,389

 
 
 
 
Net interest income
(fully-taxable equivalent)
 
  

 
88,215

 
  

 
  

 
77,414

 
  

 
  

 
76,249

 
  

Less: fully-taxable
equivalent adjustment
 
 
 
(1,763
)
 
 
 
 
 
(1,157
)
 
 
 
 
 
(808
)
 
 
  Net interest income
 
 
 
$
86,452

 
 
 


 
$
76,257

 
 
 
 
 
$
75,441

 
 
Net interest rate spread
(fully-taxable equivalent)
 
 
 
 
 
3.18
%
 
 
 
 

3.10
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.18
%
Net interest margin
(fully-taxable equivalent)(3)
 
 
 
 
 
3.19
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.11
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.20
%
(1) Reported on tax-equivalent basis calculated using a tax rate of 35%, including certain commercial loans.
(2) Non-accrual loans and loans held for sale are included in total average loans.
(3) The accounting for the SBM acquisition required loans and time deposits to be recorded at fair value. The fair value marks on the loans and CDs acquired accrete and amortize into net interest income over time. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the loan accretion income and interest expense reduction on CDs related to the SBM acquisition totaled $531,000 and $180,000, respectively. Additionally, in the second quarter of 2015 one loan paid-off that was on non-accrual status and resulted in income of $734,000. Excluding these items, net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2015 was 3.14%.
(4) Includes the HPFC commercial loan portfolio.


33


The following table presents certain information on a fully-taxable equivalent basis regarding changes in interest income and interest expense for the periods indicated. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided with respect to changes attributable to rate and volume.
 
 
December 31, 2015 vs. 2014
Increase (Decrease) Due to:
 
December 31, 2014 vs. 2013
Increase (Decrease) Due to:
 
 
Volume
 
Rate
 
Total
 
Volume
 
Rate
 
Total
Interest-earning assets:
 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

Securities – taxable
 
$
(664
)
 
$
(95
)
 
$
(759
)
 
$
(41
)
 
$
(236
)
 
$
(277
)
Securities – nontaxable
 
2,023

 
(558
)
 
1,465

 
401

 
(268
)
 
133

Residential real estate
 
2,733

 
(264
)
 
2,469

 
13

 
(1,186
)
 
(1,173
)
Commercial real estate
 
5,611

 
(728
)
 
4,883

 
3,779

 
(1,567
)
 
2,212

Commercial
 
2,393

 
168

 
2,561

 
1,648

 
(893
)
 
755

Municipal
 
(3
)
 
(12
)
 
(15
)
 
86

 
(108
)
 
(22
)
Consumer
 
805

 
(44
)
 
761

 
(737
)
 
(340
)
 
(1,077
)
Total interest income
 
12,898

 
(1,533
)
 
11,365

 
5,149

 
(4,598
)
 
551

Interest-bearing liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest checking
 
54

 
48

 
102

 
(7
)
 
8

 
1

Savings
 
34

 
4

 
38

 
8

 
1

 
9

Money market
 
(56
)
 
133

 
77

 
(88
)
 
(52
)
 
(140
)
Certificates of deposit
 
276

 
(266
)
 
10

 
(583
)
 
(157
)
 
(740
)
Brokered deposits
 
675

 
(658
)
 
17

 
462

 
(398
)
 
64

Subordinated debentures
 
206

 
(14
)
 
192

 
6

 
(6
)
 

Other borrowings
 
45

 
83

 
128

 
1,252

 
(1,060
)
 
192

Total interest expense
 
1,234

 
(670
)
 
564

 
1,050

 
(1,664
)
 
(614
)
Net interest income
(fully-taxable equivalent)
 
$
11,664

 
$
(863
)
 
$
10,801

 
$
4,099

 
$
(2,934
)
 
$
1,165


Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses is made up of our provision for loan losses and the provision for unfunded commitments.

The provision for loan losses, which makes up the vast majority of the provision for credit losses, is a recorded expense determined by management that adjusts the ALL to a level that, in management’s best estimate, is necessary to absorb probable losses within the existing loan portfolio. The provision for loan losses reflects loan quality trends, including, among other factors, the levels of and trends related to non-accrual loans, past due loans, potential problem loans, criticized loans, net charge-offs or recoveries and growth in the loan portfolio. Accordingly, the amount of the provision for loan losses reflects both the necessary increases in the ALL related to newly identified criticized loans, as well as the actions taken related to other loans including, among other things, any necessary increases or decreases in required allowances for specific loans or loan pools. The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $1.9 million, or 0.10% of average loans, compared to $2.2 million, or 0.13% of average loans, and $2.1 million, or 0.13% of average loans, for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The decrease in the provision for credit losses of $284,000, or 13%, in 2015 compared to 2014 was driven by (i) continued asset quality improvement, highlighted by a 0.06% improvement in our net charge-offs to average loans ratio between 2015 and 2014 and (ii) acquired loans in the fourth quarter of 2015 of $615.2 million in connection with the SBM acquisition for which no provision was provided for the year ended December 31, 2015 as the fair value mark on the acquired loan portfolio was sufficient. The increase in the provision for credit losses of $192,000, or 9%, in 2014 compared to 2013 was driven by our 12% loan growth in 2014. Our asset quality metrics improved throughout 2014 reducing the provision that would have been recognized otherwise during the year due to loan growth. Please see “—Financial Condition—Asset Quality” for additional discussion regarding the ALL.

The provision for unfunded commitments represents management's estimate of the amount required to reflect the probable inherent losses on outstanding letters and unused lines of credit. The reserve for unfunded commitments is presented within accrued interest and other liabilities on the consolidated statement of condition.



34


The following table outlines the components making up the provision for credit losses as recorded on consolidated statements of income for the following periods:
 
 
 
For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Provision for loan losses
 
 
$
1,938

 
$
2,224

 
$
2,052

Change in reserve for unfunded commitments
 
 
(2
)
 
(4
)
 
(24
)
Provision for credit losses
 
 
$
1,936

 
$
2,220

 
$
2,028


Non-Interest Income

The following table presents the components of non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013:
 
 
For The Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
Change from
 
2013
 
Change from
 
 
 
 
2015 to 2014
 
 
2014 to 2013
 
 
 
 
$
 
%
 
 
$
 
%
Service charges on deposit accounts
 
$
6,423

 
$
6,229

 
$
194

 
3
 %
 
$
6,740

 
$
(511
)
 
(8
)%
Other service charges and fees
 
6,850

 
6,136

 
714

 
12
 %
 
5,971

 
165

 
3
 %
Income from fiduciary services
 
4,918

 
4,989

 
(71
)
 
(1
)%
 
4,751

 
238

 
5
 %
Mortgage banking income, net
 
2,031

 
282

 
1,749

 
620
 %
 
1,406

 
(1,124
)
 
(80
)%
Brokerage and insurance commissions
 
1,699

 
1,766

 
(67
)
 
(4
)%
 
1,697

 
69

 
4
 %
Bank-owned life insurance
 
1,680

 
1,437

 
243

 
17
 %
 
1,310

 
127

 
10
 %
Other income
 
3,877

 
3,080

 
797

 
26
 %
 
2,433

 
647

 
27
 %
Core non-interest income (Non-GAAP)(1)
 
27,478

 
23,919

 
3,559

 
15
 %
 
24,308

 
(389
)
 
(2
)%
Gain on Branch Divestiture
 

 

 

 
N.M.

 
2,742

 
(2,742
)
 
(100
)%
Net gain on sale of securities
 
4

 
451

 
(447
)
 
(99
)%
 
785

 
(334
)
 
(43
)%
Total non-interest income
 
$
27,482

 
$
24,370

 
$
3,112

 
13
 %
 
$
27,835

 
$
(3,465
)
 
(12
)%
Non-interest income as a percentage of total revenues(1)
 
24
%
 
24
%
 
 
 
 
 
27
%
 
 
 
 
(1) Revenue is defined as net interest income plus non-interest income.

2015 vs. 2014 Non-Interest Income. The significant changes in non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the same period of 2014 include:
An increase in mortgage banking income of $1.7 million from the sale of $61.2 million of residential mortgages in 2015, which generated gains on sale of $1.4 million, compared to $31,000 in 2014. The increase reflects our change in strategy in 2015, as well as the expansion of our mortgage banking platform in the fourth quarter of 2015 through the addition of SBM's mortgage banking platform.
An increase in service charges on deposit accounts and other service charges and fees of $908,000, which was driven by higher debit card income of $602,000 and overdraft fees of $288,000. In the fourth quarter of 2015, service charges and other service charges revenues experienced increases due to the addition of approximately 55,000 new customer accounts in connection with the SBM acquisition.
An increase in other income of $797,000 was driven by higher income on customer loan swaps of $1.0 million, partially offset by lower third party loan servicing income of $113,000.
An increase in bank-owned life insurance of $243,000 due to the additional $10.0 million investment made in the third quarter of 2014.


35


2014 vs. 2013 Non-Interest Income. The significant changes in non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the same period of 2013 include:
A $2.7 million gain was recognized in 2013 on the sale of our five Franklin County branches.
A decrease in mortgage banking income of $1.1 million was due to our decision to retain most of our 30-year fixed rate residential mortgage production in 2014. In 2013, much of our 30-year fixed rate residential mortgage production was sold on the secondary market with servicing rights retained, which resulted in gains on the sale and income from capitalizing the servicing rights. In 2014, we recorded gains on the sale of our 30-year mortgages of $31,000 and servicing rights fees of $15,000, compared to $728,000 and $466,000, respectively, in 2013.
An increase in other income of $647,000 was primarily driven by loan interest rate swap income of $480,000 recognized in 2014.
A decrease in service charges on deposit accounts of $511,000 was driven by the sale of our five Franklin County branches in the fourth quarter of 2013, which contributed $353,000 of service charges income in 2013. Also, we continue to see certain customers migrating away from deposit product accounts that charge regular service fees.
A decrease in net gain on sale of securities during 2014 of $334,000.

Non-Interest Expenses

The following table presents the components of non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013:
 
 
For The Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
Change from
 
2013
 
Change from
 
 
 
 
2015 to 2014
 
 
2014 to 2013
 
 
 
 
$
 
%
 
 
$
 
%
Salaries and employee benefits
 
$
37,220

 
$
32,669

 
$
4,551

 
14
%
 
$
32,609

 
$
60

 
 %
Furniture, equipment and data processing
 
8,057

 
7,316

 
741

 
10
%
 
7,051

 
265

 
4
 %
Net occupancy
 
5,695

 
5,055

 
640

 
13
%
 
5,449

 
(394
)
 
(7
)%
Consulting and professional fees
 
2,625

 
2,368

 
257

 
11
%
 
2,337

 
31

 
1
 %
OREO and collection costs
 
2,491

 
2,289

 
202

 
9
%
 
2,162

 
127

 
6
 %
Regulatory assessments
 
2,184

 
1,982

 
202

 
10
%
 
1,997

 
(15
)
 
(1
)%
Amortization of intangible assets
 
1,306

 
1,148

 
158

 
14
%
 
1,150

 
(2
)
 
 %
Other expenses
 
11,146

 
9,570

 
1,576

 
16
%
 
10,374

 
(804
)
 
(8
)%
Core operating expenses (Non-GAAP)(1)
 
70,724

 
62,397

 
8,327

 
13
%
 
63,129

 
(732
)
 
(1
)%
Goodwill impairment
 

 

 

 
N.M.

 
2,830

 
(2,830
)
 
N.M.

Acquisition and divestiture costs
 
10,415

 

 
10,415

 
N.M.

 
374

 
(374
)
 
(100
)%
Total non-interest expenses
 
$
81,139

 
$
62,397

 
$
27,069

 
43
%
 
$
66,333

 
$
(3,936
)
 
(6
)%
Efficiency ratio (Non-GAAP)(1)
 
61.13
%
 
61.58
%
 
 
 
 
 
62.78
%
 
 
 
 
(1) Refer to "—Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliation to GAAP" for details of calculation.

2015 vs. 2014 Non-Interest Expense. The significant changes in non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the same period of 2014 include:
An increase in acquisition and divestiture costs associated with the SBM acquisition of $10.4 million.
An increase in salaries and employee benefits of $4.6 million due to the addition of 168 employees associated with the SBM acquisition, normal annual merit increases, and higher bonuses and incentives due to the successful completion and integration of SBM and a strong financial performance for 2015 (assessed based on core operating earnings).
An increase in furniture, equipment and data processing and net occupancy costs of $1.4 million primarily due to the SBM acquisition, which included 24 additional banking centers, two lending offices, and the associated furniture and equipment within each. We have plans to consolidate and close certain locations in 2016, which will reduce related costs going forward, including the consolidation of SBM's former operations center located in Gardiner, Maine and the termination of our Boston, Massachusetts lease, as we closed the operations of HPFC, effective February 19, 2016.

36


2014 vs. 2013 Non-Interest Expense. The significant changes in non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the same period of 2013 include:
A $2.8 million goodwill impairment charge was recorded in 2013 related to our financial services reporting unit. Refer to Note 6 of the consolidated financial statements for discussion of our goodwill impairment process and results.
A decrease in other expenses of $804,000 was primarily attributable to a receivable write-down of $348,000 that occurred in 2013 and the sale of our five Franklin County branches in 2013 for which related operating costs totaled $295,000 in 2013.
A decrease in net occupancy costs of $394,000 was due to the sale of our five Franklin County branches in 2013 for which related occupancy costs totaled $173,000 in 2013 as well as lower repairs and maintenance costs on our branch facilities in 2014.
A decrease in Branch Acquisition and Divestiture costs of $374,000 as we did not have any acquisition or divestiture activity in 2014.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $9.9 million, $11.4 million, and $12.1 million, respectively. Our effective income tax rate was 32.1%, 31.8%, and 34.7% in each of the past three years, respectively. These effective rates differ from our marginal rate of about 35.7%, primarily due to our non-taxable interest income from our municipal bonds and certain qualifying loans, life insurance income, and tax credits received. In 2015, we incurred certain non-deductible expenses associated with the SBM acquisition totaling $1.3 million, which increased our 2015 effective tax rate. Our 2014 effective tax rate of 31.8% decreased 2.9% compared to 2013, primarily due to the goodwill impairment charge of $2.8 million recorded in 2013. The goodwill impairment charge recorded in 2013 was non-deductible for tax purposes increasing our 2013 effective tax rate. Refer to Note 14 of the consolidated financial statements for further income tax details.

In connection with the SBM acquisition, we acquired certain net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards as of the acquisition date, including federal net operating losses of $70.9 million related to losses generated by SBM and State of Maine net operating losses of $213,000. We determined that we would not be able to utilize $6.8 million of the acquired federal net operating losses and wrote-off this amount within purchase accounting. Due to IRC 382(g) limitations, our use of the federal net operating losses acquired is limited to $3.9 million annually ($803,000 for fiscal year 2015), which was determined using the applicable federal rate (AFR) and the fair value of consideration paid for the acquisition at the acquisition date. The acquired federal net operating losses will expire between 2030 – 2034. We assessed the need for a valuation allowance on the acquired federal net operating losses and determined that there was a high likelihood that we will be able to utilize all of the acquired allowable federal net operating losses prior to expiration as we have a history of generating taxable income well in excess of the limitation. The acquired State of Maine net operating loss was not subject to any state imposed limitations and was fully utilized in fiscal year 2015. As such, there was no valuation allowance established on any of the deferred tax assets acquired as part of the SBM acquisition.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The consolidated financial statements and the notes to the consolidated financial statements presented in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which require the measurement of the financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars and, in some case, current fair values without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. Unlike many industrial companies, substantially all of our assets and virtually all of our liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on our performance than the general level of inflation. Over short periods of time, interest rates and the yield curve may not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as inflation.


37


Financial Condition

Investment Securities

We purchase and hold investment securities including municipal bonds, MBS (pass through securities and CMOs), subordinated corporate bonds and FHLB and FRB stock to diversify our revenues, interest rate and credit risk, and to provide for liquidity and funding needs. At December 31, 2015, our total holdings in investment securities were $856.0 million, an increase of $52.4 million since December 31, 2014. Total securities compared to total assets amounted to 23% and 29% at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

In 2015, we purchased $214.6 million of debt investment securities, including $37.2 million of debt investment securities acquired in connection with the SBM acquisition; sales of $12.4 million; maturities, calls and principal pay-downs of $144.0 million; and net amortization of $2.2 million. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we recognized net gains on the sale of investment securities of $4,000 and $451,000, respectively. The investment securities sold in 2015 and 2014 were designated as AFS securities.

Of the investment securities purchased during 2015, we classified municipal bonds totaling $64.4 million as HTM securities. These investments are carried at amortized cost, and at December 31, 2015 and 2014, they were carried on our consolidated statements of condition at $84.1 million and $20.2 million, respectively. We have the positive intent and ability, evidenced by our strong capital and liquidity ratios, to hold these investments to maturity. The remaining investment purchased during 2015 were categorized as AFS securities and are carried at fair value on the consolidated statements of condition with the associated unrealized gains or losses recorded in AOCI, net of tax. At December 31, 2015, we had $3.8 million of net unrealized losses on AFS securities, net of tax, compared to $319,000 of net unrealized losses, net of tax, at December 31, 2014. The increase in our unrealized losses on AFS securities was due to an increase in long-term interest rates.

Our AFS securities portfolio is primarily invested in residential mortgage-backed securities, which comprised 97% of our total AFS portfolio at December 31, 2015 and 95% of our total AFS portfolio at December 31, 2014. During 2015, we purchased $149.2 million of mortgage-backed securities ($123.9 million of pass-through securities and $25.3 million CMOs) and sold $12.4 million. We continuously monitor and evaluate our AFS portfolio to identify and assess risks within our portfolio, including, but not limited to, the impact of the current rate environment and the related prepayment risk and review credit ratings. In 2015, we sold all of our Non-Agency investments along with $7.3 million of MBS investments experiencing high prepayment speeds. In anticipation of the closing of the SBM acquisition on October 16, 2015, we proactively sought to restructure our investment portfolio and, in doing so, determined it was in our best interest to sell all of the Non-Agency investments. We had previously recorded OTTI on the Non-Agency investments of $204,000. The overall mix of securities within our AFS portfolio at December 31, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014 remains unchanged and well positioned to provide a stable source of cash flow. The duration of our AFS securities at December 31, 2015 was 3.74 years, a slight increase over last year of 3.58 years. We continue to invest in debt securities with a short period until maturity or call option to limit prepayment risk.

Our AFS portfolio of residential MBS securities is directly impacted by the interest rate environment and yield curve. The current lower interest rate environment has directly affected the interest income earned on our MBS investment portfolio by accelerating prepayments and, consequently, the acceleration of our premium amortization. Additionally, the current rate environment and yield curve also decrease the yield earned upon reinvestment of the prepayment proceeds back into MBS securities, impacting our net interest income and margin. As a result, we have opted to increase our investment portfolio year-over-year by increasing the mix of municipal bonds where we are able to obtain higher yields (on a fully-taxable equivalent basis). These purchased municipal bonds have been designated as HTM. As of December 31, 2015, the amount of net premiums on our investment securities to be recognized in future periods totaled $10.5 million, which equated to a weighted-average premium above par of approximately 1.0%. Subsequent changes to the interest rate environment will continue to impact our yield.

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, we held 110 and 74 investment securities with a fair value of $546.1 million and $434.1 million that were in an unrealized loss position totaling $10.2 million and $7.9 million, respectively, that we concluded was temporary. Of these, MBS and CMOs with a fair value of $197.3 million and $308.0 million were in an unrealized loss position totaling $6.8 million and $7.3 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, for 12 months or more. The decline in the fair value of the debt securities was reflective of current interest rates in excess of the yield received on investments and was not indicative of an overall credit deterioration or other factors within our investment portfolio. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, gross unrealized losses on our AFS and HTM securities were 1% of amortized cost.
 

38


We review our investment securities portfolio quarterly for impairment, which includes our municipal bonds portfolio, pass-through and collateralized mortgage obligations securities portfolios, and obligations of U.S. sponsored government-enterprises, in accordance with our internal policy. Our assessment includes, but is not limited to, reviewing available financial data, assessing credit rating changes, if any, and consideration of our intent and ability to hold temporarily impaired investment securities until we expect them to recover. We concluded that our investment securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were temporarily impaired and we have the intent and ability to hold these securities until they recover.

The following table sets forth the carrying value of AFS securities and HTM securities along with the percentage distribution:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
Carrying Value
 
Percent of Reported Balance
 
Carrying Value
 
Percent of Reported Balance
 
Carrying Value
 
Percent of Reported Balance
AFS Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of U.S. government sponsored enterprises
 
$
5,040

 
1
%
 
$
5,027

 
1
%
 
$

 
%
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
 
17,694

 
1
%
 
26,777

 
3
%
 
31,207

 
4
%
Mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
 
419,046

 
56
%
 
381,308

 
50
%
 
395,903

 
49
%
Collateralized mortgage obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
 
306,857

 
41
%
 
343,897

 
45
%
 
374,435

 
46
%
Private issue collateralized mortgage obligations
 

 
%
 
6,054

 
1
%
 
6,932

 
1
%
Subordinated corporate bonds
 
996

 
%
 

 
%
 

 
%
Total AFS debt securities
 
749,633

 
99
%
 
763,063

 
100
%
 
808,477


100
%
Equity securities
 
705

 
1
%
 

 
%
 

 
%
Total AFS securities
 
750,338

 
100
%
 
763,063

 
100
%
 
808,477

 
100
%
HTM Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
 
84,144

 
100
%
 
20,179

 
100
%
 

 
%
Total HTM securities
 
84,144

 
100
%
 
20,179

 
100
%
 

 
%
Total
 
$
834,482

 
 
 
$
783,242

 
 
 
$
808,477

 
 

39


The following table presents the book value and fully-taxable equivalent weighted-average yields of debt investment securities by contractual maturity for the periods indicated. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
  
 
Due in
1 year or less
 
Due in
1 – 5 years
 
Due in
5 – 10 years
 
Due in
over 10 years
 
Book Value
 
Book Value
 
Book Value
Debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of U.S. government sponsored enterprises
 
$

 
$
4,971

 
$

 
$

 
$
4,971

 
$
4,962

 
$

Obligations of states and political subdivisions
 
2,781

 
13,404

 
2,719

 
82,595

 
101,499

 
46,259

 
30,143

Mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
 
62,253

 
48,083

 
53,517

 
255,576

 
419,429

 
377,657

 
397,409

Collateralized mortgage obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
 
637

 
54,664

 
109,176

 
148,242

 
312,719

 
348,855

 
385,847

Private issue collateralized mortgage obligations
 

 

 

 

 

 
5,999

 
7,329

Subordinated corporate bonds
 

 

 
1,000

 

 
1,000

 

 

Total debt securities
 
65,671

 
121,122

 
166,412

 
486,413

 
839,618

 
783,732

 
820,728

Weighted-average yield on debt securities
 
2.51
%
 
2.36
%
 
2.30
%
 
2.37
%
 
2.36
%
 
2.25
%
 
2.26
%

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

We are required to maintain a level of investment in FHLBB stock based on the level of our FHLBB advances. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, our investment in FHLBB stock totaled $20.6 million and $19.5 million, respectively. No market exists for shares of the FHLBB. We currently have no intention to terminate our FHLBB membership or sell any excess FHLBB stock we may hold.

Loans

We provide loans primarily to customers located within our geographic market area. Our primary market continues to be in Maine, making up 86% of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2015. In 2015, through the acquisition of SBM, we expanded our geographic footprint to Massachusetts with a lending office located in Braintree, Massachusetts. Additionally, in connection with the SBM acquisition, we acquired HPFC. HPFC provides niche commercial lending to the small business medical field, including dentists, optometrists and veterinarians across the U.S. Shortly after the SBM acquisition, we reached a decision to close the operations of HPFC, effective February 19, 2016. Refer to Note 5 and 25 of the consolidated financial statements within Item 8 of this report for further discussion.

At December 31, 2015, total loans increased $717.6 million, or 40%, to $2.5 billion from $1.8 billion at December 31, 2014. Our loan growth was a function of strong organic loan growth for the year of $102.4 million, or 6%, and acquired loans from SBM of $615.2 million. Our commercial portfolio at December 31, 2015 totaled $1.3 billion, representing organic loan growth of 11% for the year, while our retail loan portfolio increased modestly by $4.6 million over the same period. The change within our loan portfolio mix over the past year highlights our focus on business lending and ramp-up of our mortgage banking division. The Company's residential mortgage sales in 2015 totaled $61.2 million compared to $799,000 for 2014.


40


The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio at the dates indicated.
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Residential real estate
 
$
820,617

 
33
%
 
$
585,468

 
33
%
 
$
569,819

 
36
%
 
$
572,173

 
37
%
 
$
578,262

 
38
%
Commercial real estate
 
927,951

 
37
%
 
640,661

 
36
%
 
541,099

 
34
%
 
506,231

 
32
%
 
470,061

 
31
%
Commercial
 
297,721

 
12
%
 
257,515

 
15
%
 
179,203

 
11
%
 
190,454

 
12
%
 
185,045

 
12
%
Consumer and home equity
 
366,587

 
15
%
 
288,966

 
16
%
 
290,281


19
%
 
295,008

 
19
%
 
280,660

 
19
%
HPFC
 
77,330

 
3
%
 

 
%
 

 
%
 

 
%
 

 
%
Total loans
 
$
2,490,206

 
100
%
 
$
1,772,610

 
100
%
 
$
1,580,402

 
100
%
 
$
1,563,866

 
100
%
 
$
1,514,028

 
100
%
Loan portfolio mix:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail
 
1,187,204

 
48
%
 
874,434

 
49
%
 
860,100

 
55
%
 
867,181

 
56
%
 
858,922

 
57
%
Commercial
 
1,303,002

 
52
%
 
898,176

 
51
%
 
720,302

 
45
%
 
696,685

 
44
%
 
655,106

 
43
%

The following table presents the composition of the acquired loan portfolio from SBM as of October 16, 2015 (at fair value) and the calculated organic loan growth in 2015.
 
 
December 31,
 
Change
 
SBM
Acquisition
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2015
Organic Growth
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
($)
 
(%)
 
 
Residential
 
$
820,617

 
$
585,468

 
$
235,149

 
40
%
 
$
234,619

 
$
530

 
 %
Commercial real estate
 
927,951

 
640,661

 
$
287,290

 
45
%
 
193,883

 
93,407

 
15
 %
Commercial
 
297,721

 
257,515

 
$
40,206

 
16
%
 
35,417

 
4,789

 
2
 %
Home equity
 
348,634

 
271,709

 
$
76,925

 
28
%
 
71,005

 
5,920

 
2
 %
Consumer
 
17,953

 
17,257

 
$
696

 
4
%
 
2,526

 
(1,830
)
 
(11
)%
HPFC
 
77,330

 

 
$
77,330

 
N.M.

 
77,773

 
(443
)
 
N.M.

Total loans
 
$
2,490,206

 
$
1,772,610

 
$
717,596

 
40
%
 
$
615,223

 
$
102,373

 
6
 %

Residential Real Estate Loans. Residential real estate loans consist of loans secured by one-to four-family residences. We generally retain in our portfolio adjustable rate mortgages and fixed rate mortgages with original terms of 20 years or less. At December 31, 2015, our residential real estate loans totaled $820.7 million, representing an increase of $235.2 million over last year. The increase in residential real estate loans was primarily driven by acquired loans of $234.6 million. The modest organic loan growth for the year was largely due our focus on selling residential mortgage loans in 2015, highlighted by $61.2 million in sales in 2015 compared to $799,000 in 2014.

Commercial Real Estate Loans. Commercial real estate loans consist of loans secured by income and non-income producing commercial real estate. We focus on lending to financially sound business customers primarily within our geographic marketplace, as well as offering loans for the acquisition, development and construction of commercial real estate. At December 31, 2015, our commercial real estate loans totaled $928.0 million, representing an increase of $287.3 million over last year. The increase in commercial real estate loans was driven by strong organic loan growth in 2015 of $93.4 million, or 25%, and acquired loans of $193.9 million.

The most significant industry concentration within our commercial real estate loan portfolio at December 31, 2015 was the non-residential building operators industry (operators of commercial and industrial buildings, retail establishments, theaters, banks and insurance buildings). At December 31, 2015, the non-residential building operators industry concentration was 27% of total commercial real estate portfolio and 10% of our total loan portfolio. There were no other industry concentrations within our loan portfolio at December 31, 2015 that exceeded 10% of total loans.

Commercial Loans. Commercial loans consist of loans secured by various corporate assets, as well as loans to provide working capital in the form of lines of credit, which may be secured or unsecured. Municipal loans primarily consist of short-term tax anticipation notes made to municipalities for fixed asset or construction-related purposes and are included in commercial loans. We focus on lending to financially sound business customers and municipalities within our geographic marketplace. At December 31, 2015, our commercial loans totaled $297.7 million, representing an increase of $40.2 million over last year, which was driven by acquired loans of $35.4 million.


41


Consumer Loans and Home Equity Loans. Consumer loans and home equity loans are originated for a wide variety of purposes designed to meet the needs of our customers. Consumer loans include overdraft protection, automobile, boat, recreational vehicle, and mobile home loans, home equity loans and lines, and secured and unsecured personal loans. At December 31, 2015, our consumer and home equity loans totaled $366.6 million, representing an increase of $77.6 million over the prior year primarily due to $73.5 million of acquired loans.

HPFC. HPFC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank that provides commercial lending to dentists, optometrists and veterinarians, many of which are start-up companies. HPFC's loan portfolio consists of term loan obligations extended for the purpose of financing working capital and/or purchase of equipment. Collateral may consist of pledges of business assets including, but not limited to, accounts receivable, inventory, and/or equipment. These loans are primarily paid by the operating cash flow of the borrower and the terms range from seven to ten years. At December 31, 2015, our HPFC commercial loan portfolio totaled $77.3 million.

On February 19, 2016, operations at HPFC were closed. We will continue to earn revenues from HPFC's loan portfolio as it naturally runs off over the next five to ten years. Refer to Note 25 of consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

Asset Quality

The Bank's board of directors monitors credit risk through the Directors’ Loan Review Committee, which reviews large credit exposures, monitors the external loan review reports, reviews the lending authority for individual loan officers when required, and has approval authority and responsibility for all matters regarding the loan policy and other credit-related policies, including reviewing and monitoring asset quality trends, concentration levels, and the ALL methodology. The Credit Risk Administration and the Credit Risk Policy Committee oversee management’s systems and procedures to monitor the credit quality of the loan portfolio, conduct a loan review program, maintain the integrity of the loan rating system, determine the adequacy of the ALL, and support the oversight efforts of the Directors' Loan Review Committee and the board of directors. Our practice is to proactively manage the portfolio such that management can identify problem credits early, assess and implement effective work-out strategies, and take charge-offs as promptly as practical. In addition, management continuously reassesses its underwriting standards in response to credit risk posed by changes in economic conditions.


42


Non-Performing Assets. Non-performing assets include non-accrual loans, accruing loans 90 days or more past due, accruing renegotiated loans, and OREO. The level of our non-performing assets over the past five years is shown in the table below.
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Non-accrual loans:
 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

Residential real estate loans
 
$
7,253

 
$
6,056

 
$
10,520

 
$
10,584

 
$
9,503

Commercial real estate
 
4,529

 
7,043

 
7,799

 
6,719

 
7,830

Commercial loans
 
4,489

 
1,529

 
2,146

 
3,409

 
3,955

Consumer and home equity loans
 
2,051

 
2,011

 
2,012

 
1,771

 
2,822

HPFC
 

 

 

 

 

Non-accrual loans
 
18,322

 
16,639

 
22,477

 
22,483

 
24,110

Accruing loans past due 90 days
 

 

 
455

 
611

 
236

Accruing TDRs (not included above)
 
4,861

 
4,539

 
5,468

 
4,674

 
3,276

Total non-performing loans
 
23,183

 
21,178

 
28,400

 
27,768

 
27,622

Other real estate owned
 
1,304

 
1,587

 
2,195

 
1,313

 
1,682

Total non-performing assets
 
$
24,487

 
$
22,765

 
$
30,595

 
$
29,081

 
$
29,304

Total loans, excluding loans held for sale
 
$
2,490,206

 
$
1,772,610

 
$
1,563,866

 
$
1,514,028

 
$
1,524,752

Total assets
 
$
3,709,871

 
$
2,789,853

 
$
2,603,829

 
$
2,564,757

 
$
2,302,720

Allowance for loan losses
 
$
21,166

 
$
21,116

 
$
21,590

 
$
23,044

 
$
23,011

Non-accrual loans to total loans
 
0.74
%
 
0.94
%
 
1.44
%
 
1.48
%
 
1.58
%
Non-performing loans to total loans
 
0.93
%
 
1.19
%
 
1.82
%
 
1.83
%
 
1.81
%
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans
 
91.30
%
 
99.71
%
 
76.02
%
 
82.99
%
 
83.31
%
Non-performing assets to total assets
 
0.66
%
 
0.82
%
 
1.18
%
 
1.13
%
 
1.27
%
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing assets
 
86.44
%
 
92.76
%
 
70.57
%
 
79.24
%
 
78.53
%

Generally, a loan is classified as non-accrual when interest and/or principal payments are 90 days past due or when management believes collecting all principal and interest owed is in doubt. All previously accrued but unpaid interest on non-accrual loans is reversed from interest income in the current period. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans (including impaired loans) are applied as a reduction of principal. A loan remains on non-accrual status until all principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current, all future principal and interest payments are reasonably assured, and a consistent repayment record, generally six consecutive payments, has been demonstrated. At this time, we may reclassify the loan to performing. For loans that qualify as TDRs, we will classify the interest collected as interest income once the aforementioned criteria for non-accrual loans is met and demonstrated. However, loans classified as TDRs remain classified as such for the life of the loan, except in limited circumstances, when it is determined that the borrower is performing under the modified terms and the loan is subsequently restructured and re-written in a new agreement at an (i) interest rate greater than or equal to an acceptable market rate for a comparable new loan at the time of the restructuring, and (ii) there has been no principal forgiveness.
  
Non-performing loans were $23.2 million, or 0.93% of total loans, at December 31, 2015, representing an increase of $2.0 million, or 9%, since December 31, 2014. The increase in non-performing loans was due to the classification of $10.6 million of acquired loans (at fair value) as non-accrual as of the acquisition date. Excluding these acquired loans designated as non-accrual, our total non-performing loans decreased $8.9 million at December 31, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014 due to the ongoing resolution of non-performing loans.

In connection with the SBM acquisition, we obtained six commercial properties designated as OREO. The carrying value of these properties at December 31, 2015 was $729,000. Additionally, we consolidated four of our branch locations, of which two of these locations we owned and were transferred into OREO at the lower of cost or NRV with a carrying value $401,000. At December 31, 2015, our OREO balance consisted of nine properties, including two residential and seven commercial properties, with a carrying value of $1.3 million. The OREO balance at December 31, 2014 consisted of 17 properties, including 11 residential properties and six commercial properties, and the carrying value was $1.6 million.

43



The following table highlights the interest income that would have been recognized if loans on non-accrual status had been current in accordance with their original terms ("foregone interest income") and the interest income recognized on non-performing loans and performing TDRs for the periods indicated.
 
 
For The Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Foregone interest income
 
$
586

 
$
842

 
$
990

Interest income recognized on non-performing loans and performing TDRs
 
204

 
216

 
239


Potential Problem Loans. Potential problem loans consist of classified accruing commercial and commercial real estate loans that were between 30 and 89 days past due. Such loans are characterized by weaknesses in the financial condition of our borrowers or collateral deficiencies. Based on historical experience, the credit quality of some of these loans may improve due to changes in collateral values or the financial condition of the borrowers, while the credit quality of other loans may deteriorate, resulting in some amount of loss. These loans are not included in the above analysis of non-accrual loans. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, potential problem loans amounted to approximately $649,000, or 0.03% of total loans, and $162,000, or 0.01% of total loans, respectively.

Past Due Loans. Past due loans consist of accruing loans that were between 30 and 89 days past due. The following table presents past due loans at the dates indicated:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
Loans 30 – 89 days past due:
 
  

 
  

Residential real estate loans
 
$
3,590

 
$
1,303

Commercial real estate loans
 
4,295

 
381

Commercial loans
 
637

 
656

Consumer and home equity loans
 
1,255

 
891

HPFC
 
165

 

Total loans 30 – 89 days past due
 
$
9,942

 
$
3,231

Loans 30 – 89 days past due to total loans
 
0.40
%
 
0.18
%

ALL. We use a methodology to systematically measure the amount of estimated loan loss exposure inherent in the loan portfolio for purposes of establishing a sufficient ALL. The ALL is management’s best estimate of the probable loan losses as of the balance sheet date. The allowance is increased by provisions charged to earnings and by recoveries of amounts previously charged-off, and is reduced by charge-offs on loans.

In the fourth quarter of 2015, we revised our methodology for the ALL whereby we no longer provided for an unallocated reserve, but, instead, incorporated the qualitative factors into our general reserve. Historically, the unallocated reserve served as a method to account for qualitative risks, including general economic and market risks, within our portfolio without specifically assigning to any one or more portfolio segments. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, our reported unallocated reserve was $0 and $2.4 million, respectively. The change in methodology did not have any impact on our reported ALL or provision for loan losses at or for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Reserve for Unfunded Commitments. The reserve for unfunded commitments is based on management’s estimate of the amount required to reflect the probable inherent losses on outstanding letters and unused loan credit lines. Adequacy of the reserve is determined using a methodology similar to the one that analyzes the allowance for loan losses. Additionally, management must also estimate the likelihood that these commitments would be funded and become loans.


44


The following table sets forth information concerning the activity in our ALL during the periods indicated:
 
 
At or For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
ALL at the beginning of period
 
$
21,116

 
$
21,590

 
$
23,044

 
$
23,011

 
$
22,293

Provision for loan losses
 
1,938

 
2,224

 
2,052

 
3,791

 
4,741

Charge-offs:
 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

Residential real estate
 
801

 
785

 
1,059

 
1,197

 
1,216

Commercial real estate
 
481

 
361

 
952

 
593

 
1,633

Commercial
 
655

 
1,544

 
1,426

 
1,393

 
1,256

Consumer and home equity
 
679

 
754

 
837

 
1,319

 
920

HPFC
 

 

 

 

 

Total loan charge-offs
 
2,616

 
3,444

 
4,274

 
4,502

 
5,025

Recoveries:
 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

Residential real estate
 
55

 
165

 
35

 
73

 
120

Commercial real estate
 
74

 
135

 
121

 
222

 
374

Commercial
 
389

 
395

 
495

 
406

 
296

Consumer and home equity
 
210

 
51

 
117

 
43

 
212

HPFC
 

 

 

 

 

Total loan recoveries
 
728

 
746

 
768

 
744

 
1,002

Net charge-offs
 
1,888

 
2,698

 
3,506

 
3,758

 
4,023

ALL at the end of the period
 
$
21,166

 
$
21,116

 
$
21,590

 
$
23,044

 
$
23,011

Components of allowance for credit losses:
 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

ALL
 
$
21,166

 
$
21,116

 
$
21,590

 
$
23,044

 
$
23,011

Liability for unfunded credit commitments
 
22

 
17

 
21

 
45

 
20

Balance of allowance for credit losses at end of the period
 
$
21,188

 
$
21,133

 
$
21,611

 
$
23,089

 
$
23,031

Total loans, excluding loans held for sale
 
$
2,490,206

 
$
1,772,610

 
$
1,563,866

 
$
1,514,028

 
$
1,524,752

Average loans outstanding
 
1,948,621

 
1,681,297

 
1,580,859

 
1,535,648

 
1,530,640

Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding
 
0.10
%
 
0.16
%
 
0.22
%
 
0.24
%
 
0.26
%
Provision for loan losses to average loans outstanding
 
0.10
%
 
0.13
%
 
0.13
%
 
0.25
%
 
0.31
%
ALL to total loans
 
0.85
%
 
1.19
%
 
1.38
%
 
1.52
%
 
1.51
%
Allowance for credit losses to net charge-offs
 
1,122.25
%
 
783.28
%
 
616.40
%
 
614.40
%
 
572.48
%

For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, we provided $1.9 million, $2.2 million and $2.1 million of provision expense to the ALL, respectively. The decrease in the provision for loan losses in 2015 was primarily attributable to the continued improvement in the general economic condition of our borrowers supported by a decrease in annualized net charge-offs to average loans of 6 basis points for 2015 compared to 2014. Furthermore, our asset quality metrics have continued to show favorable trends as non-performing loans to total loans at December 31, 2015 was 0.93%, representing a decrease of 26 basis points since December 31, 2014, and non-performing assets to total assets at December 31, 2015 was 0.66%, representing a decrease of 16 basis points. The improving asset quality metrics was reflective of the resolution of problem loans over recent years. Our provision for credit losses for 2014 increased $192,000, or 9%, compared to 2013 primarily due to loan growth of 12%.

For further discussion of the ALL, please refer to “—Critical Accounting Policies” within Item 7 hereof, as well as Note 1 and 5 of the consolidated financial statements within Item 8 of this report.


45


The following table sets forth information concerning the allocation of the ALL by loan categories at the dates indicated.
 
 
December 31,
  
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
Amount
 
Percent of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans
 
Amount
 
Percent of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans
 
Amount
 
Percent of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans
 
Amount
 
Percent of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans
 
Amount
 
Percent of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans
Residential real estate loans
 
$
4,545

 
33
%
 
$
4,899

 
33
%
 
$
5,603

 
36
%
 
$
6,996

 
37
%
 
$
6,398

 
38
%
Commercial real estate loans
 
6,192

 
37
%
 
4,482

 
36
%
 
4,374

 
34
%
 
4,549

 
32
%
 
5,702

 
31
%
Commercial loans
 
7,481

 
12
%
 
6,823

 
15
%
 
6,220

 
11
%
 
5,933

 
12
%
 
4,846

 
12
%
Consumer and home equity loans
 
2,924

 
15
%
 
2,528

 
16
%
 
2,722

 
19
%
 
2,704

 
19
%
 
3,124

 
19
%
HPFC
 
24

 
3
%
 

 
%
 

 
%
 

 
%
 

 
%
Unallocated
 

 
%
 
2,384

 
%
 
2,671

 
%
 
2,862

 
%
 
2,941

 
%
  
 
$
21,166

 
100
%
 
$
21,116

 
100
%
 
$
21,590

 
100
%
 
$
23,044

 
100
%
 
$
23,011

 
100
%

Refer to Note 5 of the consolidated financial statements within Item 8 of this report for discussion of the risk characteristics for each portfolio segment considered when evaluating the ALL.

Investment in BOLI

Our BOLI asset totaled $59.9 million and $57.8 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The increase year-over-year reflects the increase in the cash surrender value. BOLI provides a means to mitigate increasing employee benefit costs. We expect to benefit from the BOLI contracts as a result of the tax-free growth in cash surrender value and death benefits that are expected to be generated over time. The largest risk to the BOLI program is credit risk of the insurance carriers. To mitigate this risk, annual financial condition reviews are completed on all carriers. BOLI is invested in the “general account” of quality insurance companies or in separate account products. Each insurance carrier had an A.M. Best rating of "A-" or better at December 31, 2015. BOLI is included in the consolidated statements of condition at its cash surrender value. Increases in BOLI’s cash surrender value are reported as a component of non-interest income in the consolidated statements of income.

Deposits

The Company, through the Bank, receives checking, savings and time deposits primarily from customers located within its geographic market area. Other forms of deposits include brokered deposits and CDARS. Total deposits at December 31, 2015 were $2.7 billion, which included brokered deposits of $199.1 million. Total deposits at December 31, 2015 increased $794.3 million over December 31, 2014. The increase was a function of strong organic growth during 2015 of 6% and acquired deposits of $687.0 million in connection with the SBM acquisition.


46


The following table presents the composition of the acquired deposits from SBM as of October 16, 2015 (at fair value) and the calculated organic deposit growth in 2015.
 
 
December 31,
 
Change
 
SBM
Acquisition
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2015
Organic Growth
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
($)
 
(%)
 
 
Demand
 
$
357,673

 
$
263,013

 
$
94,660

 
36
 %
 
$
30,139

 
$
64,521

 
25
 %
Interest checking
 
740,084

 
480,521

 
$
259,563

 
54
 %
 
247,834

 
11,729

 
2
 %
Savings and money market
 
912,668

 
653,708

 
$
258,960

 
40
 %
 
219,385

 
39,575

 
6
 %
Certificates of deposit
 
516,867

 
317,123

 
$
199,744

 
63
 %
 
189,659

 
10,085

 
3
 %
Brokered deposits
 
199,087

 
217,732

 
$
(18,645
)
 
(9
)%
 

 
(18,645
)
 
(9
)%
Total deposits
 
$
2,726,379

 
$
1,932,097

 
$
794,282

 
41
 %
 
$
687,017

 
$
107,265

 
6
 %

The following table presents certain deposit information for the periods indicated.
 
 
For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
Average
Balance
 
Average
Rate Paid
 
Average
Balance
 
Average
Rate Paid
 
Average
Balance
 
Average
Rate Paid
Deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand
 
$
292,776

 
%
 
$
251,609

 
%
 
$
241,520

 
%
Interest checking
 
543,330

 
0.08
%
 
465,740

 
0.07
%
 
476,448

 
0.07
%
Savings
 
306,536

 
0.06
%
 
250,148

 
0.06
%
 
237,110

 
0.06
%
Money market
 
394,367

 
0.33
%
 
413,712

 
0.29
%
 
442,908

 
0.30
%
Total core deposits
 
1,537,009

 
0.12
%
 
1,381,209

 
0.12
%
 
1,397,986

 
0.13
%
Certificates of deposit
 
357,972

 
0.87
%
 
328,887

 
0.95
%
 
387,816

 
0.99
%
Total deposits
 
1,894,981

 
0.26
%
 
1,710,096

 
0.28
%
 
1,785,802

 
0.32
%
Brokered deposits
 
229,079

 
0.65
%
 
157,265

 
0.94
%
 
118,423

 
1.19
%
Total deposits, including brokered deposits
 
$
2,124,060

 
0.31
%
 
$
1,867,361

 
0.34
%
 
$
1,904,225

 
0.37
%

Borrowings and Advances

At December 31, 2015, borrowings totaled $572.9 million, representing a decrease since December 31, 2014 of $4.1 million. The decrease was reflective of our higher core deposit balances at December 31, 2015 due to the strong organic deposit growth throughout 2015 and the acquired deposits, which resulted in lower borrowing needs. Our borrowing strategy has been primarily to remain short as interest rates remain low with the laddering of some long-term extensions to help offset funding cost risk in a rising rate environment, which included entering into two $25.0 million tranches of two and three-year forward-starting interest rate swaps in 2015. We continue to assess the need to extend funding advances based on the likelihood and timing of interest rates rising as part of Management and Board ALCO.

Additionally, in connection with the SBM acquisition, we issued $15.0 million of subordinated debt on October 8, 2015, which qualifies as Tier II regulatory capital. The interest rate on the subordinated debt was 5.50% per annum, fixed for the ten-year term and payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 each year. We may redeem the subordinated debt at par starting on October 15, 2020 plus accrued and unpaid interest, or earlier if (i) they no longer qualify as Tier II capital for regulatory capital purposes; (ii) a change in law that prevents us from deducting interest payable for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or (iii) we are required to register as an investment company pursuant to the Investment Company Act of 1940. The subordinated debt is schedule to mature on October 15, 2025.


47


Shareholders’ Equity

Total shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2015 was $363.2 million, which was an increase of $118.1 million, or 48%, since December 31, 2014. The increase in our shareholders' equity was largely due to the issuance of $110.6 million of our capital in the form of shares of Company common stock and the issuance of non-qualified stock options as consideration in connection with the SBM acquisition. The remaining increase was a function of normal operating activity, including, but not limited to, net income of $21.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, partially offset by dividends to our shareholders of $10.6 million.

The following table presents certain information regarding shareholders’ equity for the years ended:
 
 
December 31,
  
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Return on average assets
 
0.70
%
 
0.92
%
 
0.88
%
Return on average equity
 
7.54
%
 
10.37
%
 
9.74
%
Average equity to average assets
 
9.26
%
 
8.83
%
 
9.09
%
Dividend payout ratio(1)
 
50.60
%
 
33.73
%
 
36.30
%
Book value per share
 
$
35.54

 
$
33.01

 
$
30.49

Tangible book value per share(2)
 
25.33

 
26.52

 
23.98

Dividends declared per share
 
1.20

 
1.11

 
1.08

(1) The increase in 2015 reflects an increase in shares outstanding of 2.7 million issued in connection with the SBM acquisition.
(2) This is a non-GAAP measure. Refer to "—Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliation to GAAP" for further details.

Liquidity

Our liquidity needs require the availability of cash to meet the withdrawal demands of depositors and credit commitments to borrowers. Liquidity is defined as our ability to maintain availability of funds to meet customer needs, as well as to support our asset base. The primary objective of liquidity management is to maintain a balance between sources and uses of funds to meet our cash flow needs in the most economical and expedient manner. Due to the potential for unexpected fluctuations in both deposits and loans, active management of liquidity is necessary. We maintain various sources of funding and levels of liquid assets in excess of regulatory guidelines in order to satisfy their varied liquidity demands. We monitor liquidity in accordance with internal guidelines and all applicable regulatory requirements. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, our level of liquidity exceeded target levels. We believe that we currently have appropriate liquidity available to respond to liquidity demands. Sources of funds that we utilize consist of deposits, borrowings from the FHLBB and other sources, cash flows from operations, prepayments and maturities of outstanding loans, investments and mortgage-backed securities and the sale of mortgage loans.

Deposits continue to represent our primary source of funds. For the year ended December 31, 2015, average deposits (excluding brokered deposits) of $1.9 billion increased $184.9 million, or 11%, compared to the same period of 2014. The increase in average deposit balances (excluding brokered deposits) reflects our strong organic deposit growth during 2015, as well as the acquired deposits in connection with the SBM acquisition. Included within our money market deposits at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were $59.6 million and $80.6 million, respectively, of deposits from Acadia Trust, which represent client funds. These deposits fluctuate with changes in the portfolios of the clients of Acadia Trust.
 
Borrowings are used to supplement deposits as a source of liquidity. In addition to borrowings and advances from the FHLBB, we utilize brokered deposits, purchase federal funds, and sell securities under agreements to repurchase. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 average total borrowings (including brokered deposits) were $788.3 million and $706.0 million, respectively. The increase in average borrowings was driven by an increase in the use of brokered deposits of $71.8 million to fund our strong loan growth during 2015 and has proven to be a cost effective short-term funding source. We secure borrowings from the FHLBB, whose advances remain the largest non-deposit-related funding source, with qualified residential real estate loans, certain investment securities and certain other assets available to be pledged. Through the Bank, we have available lines of credit with the FHLBB of $9.9 million, with PNC Bank of $50.0 million, and with the FRB Discount Window of $55.0 million at December 31, 2015. We had no outstanding balances on these lines of credit at December 31, 2015. Long-term borrowings represent securities sold under repurchase agreements with major brokerage firms. Both wholesale and customer repurchase agreements are secured by mortgage-backed securities and government-sponsored enterprises. The Company also has a $10.0 million line of credit with a maturity date of December 20, 2016. We had no outstanding balance on these lines of credit at December 31, 2015.

48


We believe the investment portfolio and residential loan portfolio provide a significant amount of contingent liquidity that could be accessed in a reasonable time period through sales of those portfolios. We also believe that we have additional untapped access to the brokered deposit market, wholesale reverse repurchase transaction market and the FRB discount window. These sources are considered as liquidity alternatives in our contingent liquidity plan. We believe that the level of liquidity is sufficient to meet current and future funding requirements; however, changes in economic conditions, including consumer saving habits and the availability or access to the national brokered deposit and wholesale repurchase markets, could significantly impact our liquidity position.

The maturity dates of CDs, including brokered CDs, in denominations of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2015 are set forth in the following table. We did not hold any other time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2015. These deposits are generally considered to be more rate sensitive than other deposits and, therefore, more likely to be withdrawn to obtain higher yields elsewhere if available.
Time remaining until maturity:
 
December 31, 2015
Less than 3 months
 
$
73,614

3 months through 6 months
 
24,252

6 months through 12 months
 
66,634

Over 12 months
 
114,185

  
 
$
278,685


Loan demand also affects our liquidity position. Of the loans maturing over one year, 58% are variable rate loans. The following table presents the maturities of loans at December 31, 2015:
 
 
< 1 Year
 
1 - 5 Years
 
More than
5 Years
 
Total
Maturity Distribution:
 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

Fixed Rate:
 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

Residential real estate
 
$
3,966

 
$
8,706

 
$
499,316

 
$
511,988

Commercial real estate
 
4,860

 
92,387

 
102,417

 
199,664

Commercial
 
10,304

 
62,615

 
124,034

 
196,953

Consumer and home equity
 
2,134

 
15,960

 
82,843

 
100,937

Total fixed rate
 
21,264

 
179,668

 
808,610

 
1,009,542

Variable Rate:
 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

Residential real estate
 
61

 
1,888

 
306,767

 
$
308,716

Commercial real estate
 
40,764

 
54,122

 
633,401

 
728,287

Commercial
 
51,630

 
56,155

 
70,226

 
178,011

Consumer and home equity
 
46,675

 
620

 
218,355

 
265,650

Total variable rate
 
139,130

 
112,785

 
1,228,749

 
1,480,664

  
 
$
160,394

 
$
292,453

 
$
2,037,359

 
$
2,490,206


Capital Resources

As part of our goal to operate a safe, sound and profitable financial organization, we are committed to maintaining a strong capital base. Shareholders’ equity totaled $363.2 million and $245.1 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, which amounted to 10% and 9% of total assets as of the respective dates. Refer to "— Financial Condition — Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity" for discussion regarding changes in shareholders' equity since December 31, 2014.

Our principal cash requirement is the payment of dividends on our common stock, as and when declared by the Board of Directors. We paid dividends to shareholders in the aggregate amount of $10.6 million and $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Our Board of Directors approves cash dividends on a quarterly basis after careful analysis and consideration of various factors, including the following: (i) capital position relative to total assets, (ii) risk-based assets, (iii) total classified assets, (iv) economic conditions, (v) growth rates for total assets and total liabilities, (vi) earnings performance and projections and (vii) strategic initiatives and related capital requirements. All dividends declared and distributed by the Company will be in compliance with applicable state corporate law and regulatory requirements.

49


 
We are primarily dependent upon the payment of cash dividends by our subsidiaries to service our commitments. We, as the sole shareholder of our subsidiaries, are entitled to dividends, when and as declared by each subsidiary’s Board of Directors from legally available funds. In 2015, the Bank declared dividends in the aggregate amount of $39.2 million, which includes a $30.0 million special dividend related to the acquisition of SBM. In 2014, the Bank declared dividends in the aggregate amount of $12.8 million. Under regulations prescribed by the OCC, without prior OCC approval, the Bank may not declare dividends in any year in excess of the Bank’s (i) net income for the current year, (ii) plus its retained net income for the prior two years. If we are required to use dividends from the Bank to service unforeseen commitments in the future, we may be required to reduce the dividends paid to our shareholders going forward.

Please refer to Note 22 of the consolidated financial statements for discussion and details of the Company and Bank's capital regulatory requirements. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company and Bank met all regulatory capital requirements and the Bank continues to be classified as "Well Capitalized" under the prompt correction action provisions.

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Commitments

In the normal course of business, we are a party to credit related financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk, which are not reflected in the consolidated statements of condition. These financial instruments include lending commitments and letters of credit. Those instruments involve varying degrees of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated statements of condition. We follow the same credit policies in making commitments to extend credit and conditional obligations as we do for on-balance sheet instruments, including requiring similar collateral or other security to support financial instruments with credit risk. Our exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the customer is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. At December 31, 2015, we had the following levels of commitments to extend credit:
 
 
Total Amount Committed
 
Commitment Expires in:
 
 
 
< 1 Year
 
1 – 3 Years
 
4 – 5 Years
 
> 5 Years
Home equity line of credit commitments
 
$
464,701

 
$
179,977

 
$
24,728

 
$
20,676

 
$
239,320

Commercial commitment letters
 
94,791

 
94,791

 

 

 

Residential loan origination
 
16,256

 
16,256

 

 

 

Letters of credit
 
4,468

 
4,468

 

 

 

Other commitments to extend credit
 
433

 
433

 

 

 

Total
 
$
580,649

 
$
295,925

 
$
24,728

 
$
20,676

 
$
239,320


We are a party to several off-balance sheet contractual obligations through lease agreements on a number of branch facilities. We have an obligation and commitment to make future payments under these contracts. At December 31, 2015, we had the following levels of contractual obligations:
 
 
Total Amount Committed
 
Payments Due per Period
 
(Dollars in Thousands)
 
 
< 1 Year
 
1 – 3 Years
 
4 – 5 Years
 
> 5 Years
Operating leases
 
$
8,296

 
$
1,793

 
$
2,639

 
$
1,703

 
$
2,161

 
Capital leases
 
1,318

 
127

 
253

 
253

 
685

(1) 
FHLBB borrowings – overnight
 
12,800

 
12,800

 

 

 

 
FHLBB borrowings – advances
 
285,000

 
255,000

 
20,000

 
10,000

 

 
Commercial repurchase agreements
 
30,052

 
25,000

 
5,052

 

 

 
Retail repurchase agreements
 
184,989

 
184,989

 

 

 

 
Subordinated debentures
 
59,126

 

 

 

 
59,126

 
Other contractual obligations
 
2,297

 
2,297

 

 

 

 
Total
 
$
583,878

 
$
482,006

 
$
27,944

 
$
11,956

 
$
61,972

 
(1) Includes contingent rentals, which are based on the Consumer Price Index and reset every five years. Total contingent rentals for year one through year five are $2,000.


50

Table of Contents

Borrowings from the FHLBB consist of short- and long-term fixed and variable rate borrowings that are collateralized by all stock in the FHLBB and a blanket lien on qualified collateral consisting primarily of loans with first mortgages secured by one-to four-family properties, certain pledged investment securities and other qualified assets. Other borrowed funds include treasury, tax and loan deposits and securities sold under repurchase agreements. We have an obligation and commitment to repay all borrowings and debentures. These commitments, borrowings, junior subordinated debentures and the related payments are made during the normal course of business.

Derivatives

We may enter into derivative instruments as partial hedges against large fluctuations in interest rates. We may also enter into fixed-rate interest rate swaps and floor instruments to partially hedge against potentially lower yields on the variable prime rate loan category in a declining rate environment. If interest rates were to decline, resulting in reduced income on the adjustable rate loans, there would be an increased income flow from the interest rate swap and floor instrument. We may also enter into variable rate interest rate swaps and cap instruments to partially hedge against increases in short-term borrowing rates. If interest rates were to rise, resulting in an increased interest cost, there would be an increased income flow from the interest rate swaps and cap instruments. These financial instruments are factored into our overall interest rate risk position. We regularly review the credit quality of the counterparty from which the instruments have been purchased.

At December 31, 2015, we had $43.0 million of notional in interest rate swaps on our junior subordinated debentures. The arrangement allowed us to fix our floating rate debentures and mitigate our interest exposure in a rising rate environment. In February 2015, we entered into two forward interest rate swap agreements with a counterparty for a total notional of $50.0 million. These arrangements commenced on February 25, 2016 at their structured terms and provide us fixed rate borrowings for a two and three-year period at interest rates of 1.54% and 1.74%, respectively. Refer to Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements for additional details of these arrangements, including the fair value as of December, 2015 and the accounting treatment.

At December 31, 2015, we had a notional amount of $142.9 million in interest rate swap agreements with commercial customers and an equal notional amount with a dealer bank related to our commercial loan level derivative program. This program allows us to retain variable rate commercial loans while allowing the customer to synthetically fix the loan rate by entering into a variable for fixed interest rate swap. It is anticipated that, over time, customer interest rate derivatives will reduce the interest rate risk inherent in the longer-term, fixed-rate commercial business. Refer to Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements for additional details of these arrangements, including the fair value as of December 31, 2015 and the accounting treatment.

Loan Servicing

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, we serviced loans for other third party investors totaling $963.0 million and $733.0 million, respectively, which were primarily from three investors: (i) MaineHousing, (ii) Fannie Mae and (iii) Freddie Mac. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, custodial escrow balances maintained in connection with the loans serviced totaled $7.1 million and $8.2 million, respectively.

The servicing agreements with our third party investors, generally, provide broad rights for them. For example, each investor typically claims the right to demand that we repurchase loans that breach the seller’s representations and warranties made in connection with the initial sale of the loans. In addition, as the servicer of the loans, the servicer guides impose certain time-lines for resolving delinquent loans through workout efforts or liquidation and impose compensatory fees on us if those deadlines are not satisfied other than for reasons beyond our control. The investors also have a contractual right to demand indemnification or loan repurchase for certain servicing breaches. For example, we would be required to indemnify them for or against failures by us to perform our servicing obligations or acts or omissions that involve willful malfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of, or reckless disregard of, our duties. We record expenses for servicing-related claims and loan repurchases when it is probable that such claims or repurchases will be made and the amounts are reasonably estimable.

Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of loss in a financial instrument arising from adverse changes in market rates/prices, such as interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices and equity prices. Our primary market risk exposure is interest rate risk. The ongoing monitoring and management of this risk is an important component of our asset and liability management process, which is governed by policies established by the Bank’s board of directors that are reviewed and approved annually. The Board ALCO delegates responsibility for carrying out the asset/liability management policies to Management ALCO. In

51

Table of Contents

this capacity, Management ALCO develops guidelines and strategies impacting our asset/liability management-related activities based upon estimated market risk sensitivity, policy limits and overall market interest rate levels/trends. Management ALCO and Board ALCO jointly meet on a quarterly basis to review strategies, policies, economic conditions and various activities as part of the management of these risks.

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk represents the sensitivity of earnings to changes in market interest rates. As interest rates change, the interest income and expense streams associated with our financial instruments also change, thereby impacting net interest income, the primary component of our earnings. Board ALCO and Management ALCO utilize the results of a detailed and dynamic simulation model to quantify the estimated exposure of net interest income to sustained interest rate changes. While Board ALCO and Management ALCO routinely monitor simulated net interest income sensitivity over a rolling two-year horizon, they also utilize additional tools to monitor potential longer-term interest rate risk.

The simulation model captures the impact of changing interest rates on the interest income received and interest expense paid on all interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities reflected on our consolidated statements of condition, as well as for derivative financial instruments. This sensitivity analysis is compared to ALCO policy limits, which specify a maximum tolerance level for net interest income exposure over a one- and two-year horizon, assuming no balance sheet growth, given a 200 basis point upward and downward shift in interest rates. Although our policy specifies a downward shift of 200 basis points, this would results in negative rates as many deposit and funding rates are now below 2.00%. Our current downward shift is 100 basis points. A parallel and pro rata shift in rates over a 12-month period is assumed. Using this approach, we are able to produce simulation results that illustrate the effect that both a gradual change of rates and a “rate shock” have on earnings expectations. In the down 100 basis points scenario, Federal Funds and Treasury yields are floored at 0.01% while Prime is floored at 3.00%. All other market rates are floored at 0.25%.

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, our net interest income sensitivity analysis reflected the following changes to net interest income assuming no balance sheet growth and a parallel shift in interest rates. All rate changes were “ramped” over the first 12-month period and then maintained at those levels over the remainder of the ALCO simulation horizon.
 
 
Estimated Changes in
 
 
Net Interest Income
Rate Change from Year 1 – Base
 
2015
 
2014
Year 1
 
  

 
  

+200 basis points
 
(1.27
)%
 
(6.13
)%
-100 basis points
 
(1.39
)%
 
(0.79
)%
Year 2
 
  

 
  

+200 basis points
 
2.46
 %
 
(6.12
)%
-100 basis points
 
(7.74
)%
 
(5.09
)%

The preceding sensitivity analysis does not represent a forecast and should not be relied upon as being indicative of expected operating results. These hypothetical estimates are based upon numerous assumptions including, among others, the nature and timing of interest rate levels, yield curve shape, prepayments on loans and securities, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits and reinvestment/replacement of asset and liability cash flows. While assumptions are developed based upon current economic and local market conditions, we cannot make any assurances as to the predictive nature of these assumptions, including how customer preferences or competitor influences might change.

The most significant factors affecting the changes in market risk exposure for the year ended December 31, 2015 were an increasing mix of variable loans acquired from SBM, adding $113.8 million of back-to-back loan swaps and an increase in core deposits acquired from SBM. If rates remain at or near current levels, net interest income is projected to be virtually flat as loan rates have repriced to current rates and the cost of funds remains unchanged. Beyond the first year, net interest income decreases slightly. If rates decrease 100 basis points, net interest income is projected to decrease as loans reprice into lower yields and funding costs have limited capacity to reduce the cost of funds in the first year. In the second year, net interest income is projected to continue to decrease as loans and investment cash flow reprice into lower yields as prepayments increase while reduction in the cost of funds become limited. If rates increase 200 basis points, net interest income is projected to decrease in the first year due to the repricing of short-term funding. In the second year, net interest income is projected to increase as loan and investment yields continue to reprice/reset into higher yields and the cost of funds lags.

52

Table of Contents


The economic value of equity at risk simulation is conducted in tandem with the net interest income simulations, to determine a longer term view of the Company’s interest rate risk position by capturing longer-term re-pricing risk and option-risk embedded in the balance sheet. It measures the sensitivity of economic value of equity to changes in interest rates. The economic value of equity at risk simulation values only the current balance sheet. As with net interest income modeling, this simulation captures product characteristics such as loan resets, re-pricing terms, maturity dates, rate caps and floors. Key assumptions include loan prepayment speeds, deposit pricing betas and non-maturity deposit decay rates. These assumptions can have significant impacts on valuation results as the assumptions remain in effect for the entire life of each asset and liability. All key assumptions are subject to a periodic review.

Our base case economic value of equity at risk is calculated by estimating the net present value of all future cash flows from existing assets and liabilities using current interest rates. The base case scenario assumes that future interest rates remain unchanged.
 
 
Economic Value of Equity
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
+200 basis points
 
9.92
%
 
8.57
%
+100 basis points
 
10.18
%
 
9.18
%
Base
 
10.32
%
 
9.73
%
-100 basis points
 
9.42
%
 
8.90
%

Periodically, if deemed appropriate, we use interest rate swaps, floors and caps, which are common derivative financial instruments, to hedge our interest rate risk position. The board of directors has approved hedging policy statements governing the use of these instruments. As of December 31, 2015, we had $43.0 million notional principal amount of interest rate swap agreements related to the junior subordinated debentures, $50.0 million notional principal amount of forward-starting interest swap agreements related to our short-term funding and $142.9 million notional principal amount of interest rate swap agreements related to our commercial loan level derivative program. The Board and Management ALCO monitor derivative activities relative to their expectations and our hedging policies.

Other Market Risk(s)

We are also subject to other market risks, including but not limited to, operational risks, actions of government agencies, solvency of counter-parties, changes in investment markets, and changes in consumer demand. For further descriptions of these additional market risks, refer to Item 1A. “Risk Factors.”

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for details of recently issued accounting pronouncements and their expected impact on our financial statements.

Related Party Transactions

The Bank is permitted, in its normal course of business, to make loans to certain officers and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries under terms that are consistent with the Bank’s lending policies and regulatory requirements. In addition to extending loans to certain officers and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries on terms consistent with the Bank’s lending policies, federal banking regulations also require training, audit and examination of the adherence to this policy by representatives of the federal and national regulators (also known as “Regulation O” requirements). Notes 5 and 11 to the consolidated financial statements provide related party lending and deposit information, respectively. We have not entered into significant non-lending related party transactions.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

The information contained in the Market Risk section of Item 7. "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" is incorporated herein by reference.


53

Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION
 
 
December 31,
(In Thousands, Except Number of Shares)
 
2015
 
2014
ASSETS
 
  

 
  

Cash and due from banks
 
$
79,488

 
$
60,813

Securities:
 
 
 
 

Available-for-sale securities, at fair value
 
750,338

 
763,063

Held-to-maturity securities, at amortized cost
 
84,144

 
20,179

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock, at cost
 
21,513

 
20,391

Total securities
 
855,995

 
803,633

Loans held for sale
 
10,958

 

Loans
 
2,490,206

 
1,772,610

Less: allowance for loan losses
 
(21,166
)
 
(21,116
)
Net loans
 
2,469,040

 
1,751,494

Goodwill
 
95,657

 
44,806

Other intangible assets
 
8,667

 
3,365

Bank-owned life insurance
 
59,917

 
57,800

Premises and equipment, net
 
45,959

 
23,886

Deferred tax asset
 
39,716

 
14,434

Interest receivable
 
7,985

 
6,017

Other real estate owned
 
1,304

 
1,587

Other assets
 
35,185

 
22,018

Total assets
 
$
3,709,871

 
$
2,789,853

 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
  

 
  

Deposits:
 
  

 
  

Demand
 
$
357,673

 
$
263,013

Interest checking
 
740,084

 
480,521

Savings and money market
 
912,668

 
653,708

Retail certificates of deposit
 
516,867

 
317,123

Brokered deposits
 
199,087

 
217,732

Total deposits
 
2,726,379

 
1,932,097

Federal Home Loan Bank advances
 
55,000

 
56,039

Other borrowed funds
 
458,763

 
476,939

Subordinated debentures
 
59,126

 
44,024

Accrued interest and other liabilities
 
47,413

 
35,645

Total liabilities
 
3,346,681

 
2,544,744

Commitments and Contingencies
 


 


Shareholders’ Equity
 
 
 
 
Common stock, no par value: authorized 20,000,000 shares, issued and outstanding 10,220,478 and 7,426,222 on December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively
 
153,083

 
41,555

Retained earnings
 
222,329

 
211,979

Accumulated other comprehensive loss:
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities, net of tax
 
(3,801
)
 
(319
)
Net unrealized losses on derivative instruments, at fair value, net of tax
 
(6,374
)
 
(5,943
)
Net unrecognized losses on postretirement plans, net of tax
 
(2,047
)
 
(2,163
)
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
(12,222
)
 
(8,425
)
Total shareholders’ equity
 
363,190

 
245,109

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
 
$
3,709,871

 
$
2,789,853


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

54

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
 
For The Years Ended
December 31,
(In Thousands, Except Number of Shares and per Share Data)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Interest Income
 
  

 
  

 
  

Interest and fees on loans
 
$
81,221

 
$
70,654

 
$
70,262

Interest on U.S. government and sponsored enterprise obligations
 
15,091

 
16,118

 
16,587

Interest on state and political subdivision obligations
 
2,208

 
1,256

 
1,170

Interest on federal funds sold and other investments
 
624

 
357

 
164

Total interest income
 
99,144

 
88,385

 
88,183

Interest Expense
 
  

 
  

 
  

Interest on deposits
 
6,511

 
6,267

 
7,073

Interest on borrowings
 
3,457

 
3,329

 
3,137

Interest on subordinated debentures
 
2,724

 
2,532

 
2,532

Total interest expense
 
12,692

 
12,128

 
12,742

Net interest income
 
86,452

 
76,257

 
75,441

Provision for credit losses
 
1,936

 
2,220

 
2,028

Net interest income after provision for credit losses
 
84,516

 
74,037

 
73,413

Non-Interest Income
 
  

 
  

 
  

Service charges on deposit accounts
 
6,423

 
6,229

 
6,740

Other service charges and fees
 
6,850

 
6,136

 
5,971

Income from fiduciary services
 
4,918

 
4,989

 
4,751

Mortgage banking income, net
 
2,031

 
282

 
1,406

Brokerage and insurance commissions
 
1,699

 
1,766

 
1,697

Bank-owned life insurance
 
1,680

 
1,437

 
1,310

Gain on branch divestiture
 

 

 
2,742

Net gain on sale of securities
 
4

 
451

 
785

Other income
 
3,877

 
3,080

 
2,433

Total non-interest income
 
27,482

 
24,370

 
27,835

Non-Interest Expense
 
  

 
  

 
  

Salaries and employee benefits
 
37,220

 
32,669

 
32,609

Furniture, equipment and data processing
 
8,057

 
7,316

 
7,051

Net occupancy
 
5,695

 
5,055

 
5,449

Consulting and professional fees
 
2,625

 
2,368

 
2,337

Other real estate owned and collection costs
 
2,491

 
2,289

 
2,162

Regulatory assessments
 
2,184

 
1,982

 
1,997

Amortization of intangible assets
 
1,306

 
1,148

 
1,150

Acquisition and divestiture costs
 
10,415

 

 
374

Goodwill impairment
 

 

 
2,830

Other expenses
 
11,146

 
9,570

 
10,374

Total non-interest expense
 
81,139

 
62,397

 
66,333

Income before income tax
 
30,859

 
36,010

 
34,915

Income Tax Expense
 
9,907

 
11,440

 
12,132

Net income
 
$
20,952

 
$
24,570

 
$
22,783

Per Share Data:
 
  

 
  

 
  

Basic earnings per share
 
$
2.60

 
$
3.29

 
$
2.98

Diluted earnings per share
 
$
2.60

 
$
3.28

 
$
2.97

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
 
8,020,851

 
7,450,980

 
7,634,455

Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding
 
8,049,708

 
7,470,593

 
7,653,270




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

55

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 
 
For The Years Ended
December 31,
(In Thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Net income
 
$
20,952

 
$
24,570

 
$
22,783

Other comprehensive income (loss):
 
  

 
  

 
  

Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities:
 
  

 
  

 
  

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities, net of tax of $1,873, ($4,275), and $10,982, respectively
 
(3,479
)
 
7,938

 
(20,397
)
Net reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income, net of tax of $1, $158, and $275, respectively(1)
 
(3
)
 
(293
)
 
(510
)
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of tax
 
(3,482
)
 
7,645

 
(20,907
)
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedging derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedging derivatives, net of tax of $825, $2,431, and ($1,947), respectively
 
(1,533
)
 
(4,515
)
 
3,616

Net reclassification adjustment for effective portion of cash flow hedges included in interest expense, net of tax of ($593), ($600), and ($564), respectively(2)
 
1,102

 
1,114

 
1,047

Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedging derivatives, net of tax of $232, $1,831, and ($2,510), respectively
 
(431
)
 
(3,401
)
 
4,663

Postretirement plans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net actuarial (loss) gain, net of tax of $21, $225, and ($391), respectively
 
(39
)
 
(418
)
 
726

Reclassification of amortization of net unrecognized actuarial loss and of prior service cost included in net periodic cost, net of tax of ($84), ($51), and ($94), respectively(3)
 
155

 
96

 
174

Net gain (loss) on postretirement plans, net of tax
 
116

 
(322
)
 
900

Other comprehensive income (loss)
 
(3,797
)
 
3,922

 
(15,344
)
Comprehensive income
 
$
17,155

 
$
28,492

 
$
7,439

 
(1)
Reclassified into the consolidated statements of income in net gain on sale of securities.
(2)
Reclassified into the consolidated statements of income in interest on subordinated debentures.
(3)
Reclassified into the consolidated statements of income in salaries and employee benefits.
























The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

56

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
Common Stock
 
Retained Earnings
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
Total Shareholders’ Equity
(In Thousands, Except Number of Shares and Per Share Data)
 
Shares Outstanding
 
Amount
 
Balance at December 31, 2012
 
7,622,750

 
$
49,667

 
$
181,151

 
$
2,997

 
$
233,815

2013 net income
 

 

 
22,783

 

 
22,783

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
 

 

 

 
(15,344
)
 
(15,344
)
Stock-based compensation expense
 

 
596

 

 

 
596

Exercise of stock options and issuance of restricted stock, net of repurchase for tax withholdings and tax benefit
 
25,308

 
300

 

 

 
300

Common stock repurchased
 
(68,145
)
 
(2,780
)
 

 

 
(2,780
)
Cash dividends declared ($1.08 per share)
 

 

 
(8,274
)
 

 
(8,274
)
Balance at December 31, 2013
 
7,579,913

 
47,783

 
195,660

 
(12,347
)
 
231,096

2014 net income
 

 

 
24,570

 

 
24,570

Other comprehensive income, net of tax
 

 

 

 
3,922

 
3,922

Stock-based compensation expense
 

 
599

 

 

 
599

Exercise of stock options and issuance of restricted stock, net of repurchase for tax withholdings and tax benefit
 
27,664

 
328

 

 

 
328

Common stock repurchased
 
(181,355
)
 
(7,155
)
 

 

 
(7,155
)
Cash dividends declared ($1.11 per share)
 

 

 
(8,251
)
 

 
(8,251
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
 
7,426,222

 
41,555

 
211,979

 
(8,425
)
 
245,109

2015 net income
 

 

 
20,952

 

 
20,952

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
 

 

 

 
(3,797
)
 
(3,797
)
Stock-based compensation expense
 

 
836

 

 

 
836

Exercise of stock options and issuance of restricted stock, net of repurchase for tax withholdings and tax benefit
 
44,494

 
753

 

 

 
753

Equity issuance costs
 

 
(612
)
 

 

 
(612
)
SBM acquisition common stock issuance
 
2,749,762

 
108,561

 

 

 
108,561

SBM acquisition non-qualified stock option awards
 

 
1,990

 

 

 
1,990

Cash dividends declared ($1.20 per share)
 

 

 
(10,602
)
 

 
(10,602
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
 
10,220,478

 
$
153,083

 
$
222,329

 
$
(12,222
)
 
$
363,190

 





















The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

57

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
 
For The Years Ended
December 31,
(In Thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Operating Activities
 
  

 
  

 
  

Net income
 
$
20,952

 
$
24,570

 
$
22,783

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
  

 
  

 
  

Provision for credit losses
 
1,936

 
2,220

 
2,028

Depreciation and amortization expense
 
3,614

 
3,051

 
3,004

Investment securities amortization and accretion, net
 
2,244

 
1,784

 
2,166

Stock-based compensation expense
 
836

 
599

 
596

Amortization of intangible assets
 
1,306

 
1,148

 
1,150

Net gains on sale of securities
 
(4
)
 
(451
)
 
(785
)
Net increase in other real estate owned valuation allowance and loss on disposition
 
362

 
215

 
130

Originations of mortgage loans held for sale
 
(72,032
)
 
(799
)
 
(33,254
)
Proceeds from the sale of mortgage loans
 
62,485

 
830

 
33,982

Gain on sale of mortgage loans
 
(1,278
)
 
(31
)
 
(728
)
Cost of fixed assets disposals associated with the SBM acquisition
 
1,130

 

 

Gain on branch divestiture
 

 

 
(2,742
)
Goodwill impairment
 

 

 
2,830

(Increase) decrease in other assets
 
(7,062
)
 
(3,349
)
 
5

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities
 
1,429

 
99

 
(1,433
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
 
15,918

 
29,886

 
29,732

Investing Activities
 
  

 
  

 
  

Cash received in SBM acquisition, net of cash paid
 
59,917

 

 

Net cash settlement in branch divestiture
 

 

 
(39,648
)
Proceeds from sales and maturities of available-for-sale securities
 
156,434

 
134,358

 
147,373

Purchase of available-for-sale securities
 
(111,170
)
 
(78,355
)
 
(208,344
)
Purchase of securities held-to-maturity
 
(64,355
)
 
(20,338
)
 

Net increase in loans
 
(94,811
)
 
(196,670
)
 
(67,826
)
Purchase of premises and equipment
 
(3,189
)
 
(1,316
)
 
(1,490
)
Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock
 
(1,594
)
 
(718
)
 

Proceeds from sale of Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock
 
471

 
51

 
1,310

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned
 
2,825

 
1,730

 
946

Recoveries of previously charged-off loans
 
728

 
746

 
768

Purchase of bank-owned life insurance
 

 
(10,000
)
 

Net cash used in investing activities
 
(54,744
)
 
(170,512
)
 
(166,911
)
Financing Activities
 
  

 
  

 
  

Net increase (decrease) in deposits
 
71,825

 
118,435

 
(29,380
)
Repayments on Federal Home Loan Bank long-term advances
 
(11,039
)
 
(60,073
)
 
(289
)
Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank long-term advances
 
10,000

 
60,000

 

Issuance of subordinated debt, net of costs
 
14,464

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in other borrowed funds
 
(18,105
)
 
46,954

 
170,194

Common stock repurchases
 

 
(7,475
)
 
(2,460
)
Equity issuance costs
 
(612
)
 

 

Exercise of stock options and issuance of restricted stock, net of repurchase for tax withholdings and tax benefit
 
753

 
328

 
300

Cash dividends paid on common stock
 
(9,785
)
 
(8,085
)
 
(8,121
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
 
57,501

 
150,084

 
130,244

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
 
18,675

 
9,458

 
(6,935
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
 
60,813

 
51,355

 
58,290

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
 
$
79,488

 
$
60,813

 
$
51,355




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

58

Table of Contents


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(CONTINUED)
 
 
For The Years Ended
December 31,
(In Thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Supplemental information:
 
  

 
  

 
  

Interest paid
 
$
12,588

 
$
12,158

 
$
13,014

Income taxes paid
 
12,205

 
13,365

 
10,640

Transfer of loans and premises to other real estate owned
 
2,175

 
1,337

 
1,958

Common stock repurchased not yet settled
 

 

 
320

Assets acquired in SBM acquisition, excluding net cash received
 
729,283

 

 

Liabilities assumed in SBM acquisition
 
729,500

 

 

Common stock and stock options issued for SBM acquisition
 
110,551

 

 





























The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

59

Table of Contents

CAMDEN NATIONAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollar Amounts in Tables Expressed in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

1. Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Acronyms and Abbreviations. The acronyms and abbreviations identified below are used in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. The following is provided to aid the reader and provide a reference page when reviewing these notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Acadia Trust:
Acadia Trust, N.A., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Camden National Corporation
 
IRS:
Internal Revenue Service
AFS:
Available-for-sale
 
LIBOR:
London Interbank Offered Rate
ALCO:
Asset/Liability Committee
 
LTIP:
Long-Term Performance Share Plan
ALL:
Allowance for loan losses
 
Management ALCO:
Management Asset/Liability Committee
AOCI:
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
 
MBS:
Mortgage-backed security
ASC:
Accounting Standards Codification
 
Merger:
On October 16, 2015, the two-step merger of Camden National Corporation, SBM Financial, Inc. and Atlantic Acquisitions, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Camden National Corporation, was completed
ASU:
Accounting Standards Update
 
Merger Agreement:
Plan of Merger, dated as of March 29, 2015, by and among Camden National Corporation, SBM Financial, Inc. and Atlantic Acquisitions, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company
Bank:
Camden National Bank, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Camden National Corporation
 
MSHA:
Maine State Housing Authority
BOLI:
Bank-owned life insurance
 
MSRs:
Mortgage servicing rights
Board ALCO:
Board of Directors' Asset/Liability Committee
 
MSPP:
Management Stock Purchase Plan
BSA:
Bank Secrecy Act
 
OTTI:
Other-than-temporary impairment
CCTA:
Camden Capital Trust A, an unconsolidated entity formed by Camden National Corporation
 
NIM:
Net interest margin on a fully-taxable basis
CDARS:
Certificate of Deposit Account Registry System
 
N.M.:
Not meaningful
CDs:
Certificate of deposits
 
Non-Agency:
Non-agency private issue collateralized mortgage obligation
Company:
Camden National Corporation
 
NRV:
Net realizable value
CSV:
Cash surrender value
 
OCC:
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
CMO:
Collateralized mortgage obligation
 
OCI:
Other comprehensive income (loss)
DCRP:
Defined Contribution Retirement Plan
 
OFAC:
Office of Foreign Assets Control
EPS:
Earnings per share
 
OREO:
Other real estate owned
FASB:
Financial Accounting Standards Board
 
SBM:
SBM Financial, Inc., the parent company of The Bank of Maine
FDIC:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
 
SERP:
Supplemental executive retirement plans
FHLB:
Federal Home Loan Bank
 
TDR:
Troubled-debt restructured loan
FHLBB:
Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston
 
UBCT:
Union Bankshares Capital Trust I, an unconsolidated entity formed by Union Bankshares Company that was subsequently acquired by Camden National Corporation
FRB:
Federal Reserve Bank
 
U.S.:
United States of America
Freddie Mac:
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
 
2003 Plan:
2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
GAAP:
Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
 
2012 Plan:
2012 Equity and Incentive Plan
HPFC:
Healthcare Professional Funding Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Camden National Bank
 
2013 Repurchase Program:
2013 Common Stock Repurchase Program, approved by the Company's Board of Directors
HTM:
Held-to-maturity
 
 
 




60

Table of Contents

General Business. Camden National Corporation, a Maine corporation, is the bank holding company for Camden National Bank and Acadia Trust, N.A. The Bank serves individuals, businesses, municipalities and non-profits through a network of 64 banking offices and 85 ATMs across Maine, and three lending office in Maine, New Hampshire and Massachusetts. Acadia Trust provides trust and investment management services to its clients, who are primarily located in Maine and to clients of the Bank. The Company's primary source of income is from providing loans to individuals and small- to mid-sized companies through its market area. The Bank's deposits are insured by the FDIC, subject to regulatory limits.

Principles of Consolidation.  The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, the Bank (which includes the consolidated accounts of HPFC, Property A, Inc. and Property P, Inc.), and Acadia Trust. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Assets held by Acadia Trust in a fiduciary capacity are not assets of the Company and, therefore, are not included in the consolidated statements of condition. The Company also owns 100% of the common stock of CCTA and UBCT. These entities are unconsolidated subsidiaries of the Company.

Reclassifications.  Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to the current year's presentation.

Use of Estimates. The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could vary from these estimates. Several estimates are particularly critical and are susceptible to significant near-term change, including the ALL, income taxes, postretirement benefits and asset impairment judgments, including OTTI of investment securities, goodwill and other intangible assets.

Subsequent Events. The Company has evaluated events and transactions subsequent to December 31, 2015 for potential recognition or disclosure as required by GAAP.

Significant Concentration of Credit Risk. The Bank grants loans primarily to customers in Maine. Although the Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, a large portion of the Bank's loans are secured by commercial or residential real estate located in Maine and is subject to volatility within Maine's real estate market. Furthermore, the debtors' ability to honor their contracts is highly dependent upon other economic factors throughout Maine. The Bank does not generally engage in non-recourse lending and typically will require the principals of any commercial borrower to obligate themselves personally on the loan.

Cash and Cash Equivalents. For the purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and amounts due from banks. The Bank is required by the FRB to maintain non-interest bearing cash reserves equal to a percentage of deposits. The Company maintains the reserve balances in cash on hand or at the FRB.

Investment Securities.  Investment securities are classified at the time of purchase as AFS, HTM, or trading. The classification of investment securities are constantly re-evaluated for consistency with corporate goals and objectives. Trading securities are carried at fair value on the consolidated statements of condition with subsequent changes to fair value recorded in earnings. Debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as HTM and recorded at amortized cost on the consolidated statements of condition. Investment securities that are not classified as HTM or trading securities are classified as AFS and are carried at fair value on the consolidated statements of condition with subsequent changes to fair value recorded within AOCI, net of tax.

Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income on the consolidated statements of income using the interest method over the period to maturity (or issuer call option date, if earlier) and are recorded on the trade date. Gains and losses on the sale of investment securities are recognized within non-interest income on the consolidated statements of income and are recorded on the trade date using the specific identification method.

FHLB and FRB stocks are non-marketable equity securities and are reported at cost and evaluated for impairment.

Management conducts a quarterly review and evaluation of its debt securities portfolio to determine if the decline in fair value of any security appears to be other-than-temporary. The factors considered by management in its review include, but are not limited to: the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, the ratings of the security, whether the decline in fair value appears to be issuer specific or, alternatively, a reflection of general market or industry conditions, and the Company’s intent and ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for a recovery in fair value.


61

Table of Contents

Declines in the fair value of individual equity securities that are deemed to be other-than-temporary are reflected in non-interest income on the consolidated statements of income when identified. For individual debt securities where the Company does not intend to sell the security and it is not more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the other-than-temporary decline in the fair value of the debt security related to (i) credit loss is recognized in not-interest income on the consolidated statements of income and (ii) other factors is recognized in AOCI, net of tax. For individual debt securities where the Company intends to sell the security or more-likely-than-not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost, OTTI is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the security’s cost basis and its fair value.

The Company is a member of the FHLBB. As a requirement of membership, the Company must own a minimum amount of FHLB stock based on the level of its FHLB advances. No market exists for shares of the FHLB and, therefore, they are carried at par value. FHLB stock may be redeemed at par value five years following termination of FHLB membership, subject to limitations which may be imposed by the FHLB or its regulator, the Federal Housing Finance Agency, to maintain capital adequacy of the FHLB. While the Company currently has no intentions to terminate its FHLB membership, the ability to redeem its investment in FHLB stock would be subject to the conditions imposed by the FHLB.

Loans Held for Sale. The Company has elected the fair value option for loans classified as held for sale on the consolidated statements of condition. Designation of loans as held for sale is determined based on the Company's intent and is, typically, completed as the loans are underwritten. The fair value for loans held for sale is determined using quoted secondary market prices or executed sales agreements. Management constantly evaluates its loan portfolio, in conjunction with asset/liability management practices, and will opt to sell certain loans, typically new 30-year residential mortgages, to manage the Company's interest rate exposure and for other business purposes, including generating fee income through mortgage sale gains. At December 31, 2015, the Company had designated $11.0 million of loans as held for sale on its statements of condition. At December 31, 2014, the Company had not designated any loans as held for sale.

Originated Loans and Acquired Loans. Loans are reported at amortized cost, or amortized acquired fair value in the case of acquired loans, adjusted for any partial charge-offs and net of any deferred loan fees or costs. For originated loans, interest income is accrued based upon the daily principal amount outstanding except for loans on non-accrual status. For acquired loans, interest income is also accrued based upon the daily principal amount outstanding and is then further adjusted by the accretion of any discount or amortization of any premium associated with the loan.

For originated loans, loan fees and certain direct origination costs are deferred and amortized into interest income over the contractual term of the loan using the level-yield method. When a loan is paid off, the unamortized portion is recognized in interest income.

A loan is classified as non-accrual generally when it becomes 90 days past due as to interest or principal payments, or sooner if management considers such action to be prudent. All previously accrued but unpaid interest on non-accrual loans is reversed from interest income in the period in which the loan is considered delinquent and the amortization of any unamortized net deferred origination loan fees/costs stops. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans, including impaired loans, are applied as a reduction of principal. A loan remains on non-accrual status until all principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured. Should a loan transition from non-accrual status back to accrual status, the unrecognized interest earned during the period the loan was on non-accrual status and unamortized deferred origination fees and costs are recognized over the remaining contractual life of the loan using the level-yield method.

ALL. The ALL is established through provisions for credit losses charged to income. Losses on loans, including impaired loans, are charged to the ALL when all or a portion of a loan is deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries of loans previously charged off are credited to the ALL when realized.

In determining the appropriate level of ALL, the Company uses a methodology to systematically measure the amount of estimated loan loss exposure inherent in the loan portfolio. The methodology includes three elements: (1) identification of loss allocations for certain specific loans, (2) loss allocation factors for certain loan types based on credit risk and loss experience, and (3) general loss allocations for other qualitative and environmental factors.

The allocations for specific loans component relates to loans that have a principal balance of $250,000 or more that are classified as substandard or doubtful and are on non-accrual status. For such loans that are also classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted expected future cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the recorded investment of that loan. Loans that do not meet the above criteria are separated into risk pools by portfolio segment and risk ratings. The Company then evaluates each risk pool collectively for impairment through loss allocation factors.

62

Table of Contents


The Company uses a risk rating system to determine the credit quality of these loan pools and applies the related loss allocation factors. In assessing the risk rating of a particular loan, the Company considers, among other factors, the obligor’s debt capacity, financial condition, the level of the obligor’s earnings, the amount and sources of repayment, the performance with respect to loan terms, the adequacy of collateral, the level and nature of contingent liabilities, management strength, and the industry in which the obligor operates. These factors are based on an evaluation of historical information, as well as subjective assessment and interpretation of current conditions. Emphasizing one factor over another, or considering additional factors that may be relevant in determining the risk rating of a particular loan but which are not currently an explicit part of the Company's methodology, could impact the risk rating assigned to that loan.

The Company at least annually, and more frequently as deemed prudent by management, reassesses and revises the loss allocation factors used in the assignment of loss exposure to appropriately reflect the analysis of loss experience. Portfolios of more homogenous populations of loans including home equity and consumer loans are analyzed as groups taking into account delinquency rates and other economic conditions which may affect the ability of borrowers to meet debt service requirements, including interest rates and energy costs. The Company also considers regulatory guidance, historical loss ranges, portfolio composition, and other changes in the portfolio. An additional allocation is determined based on a judgmental process whereby management considers qualitative and quantitative assessments of other environmental factors.

Since the methodology is based upon historical experience and trends, as well as management’s judgment, factors may arise that result in different estimations. Significant factors that could give rise to changes in these estimates may include, but are not limited to, changes in economic conditions in the Company’s market area, concentration of risk, declines in local property values, and regulatory guidance.

Loans past due 30 days or more are considered delinquent. In general, secured loans that are delinquent for 90 consecutive days are placed on non-accrual status, and are subject to impairment and/or loss assessment in accordance with established internal policy. In general, unsecured loans that are delinquent for 90 consecutive days are charged off.

In cases where a borrower experiences financial difficulties and the Company makes certain concessionary modifications to contractual terms, the loan is classified as a TDR. Modifications may include adjustments to interest rates, extensions of maturity, and other actions intended to minimize economic loss and avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. An allowance is established on a loan classified as a TDR if the present value of expected future cash flows (or, alternatively, the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent) is less than the recorded investment of the loan. Non-accrual loans that are restructured as TDRs remain on non-accrual status for a period of at least six months to demonstrate that the borrower can meet the restructured terms. If the restructured loan is on accrual status prior to being modified, it is reviewed to determine if the modified loan should remain on accrual status. If the borrower’s ability to meet the revised payment schedule is not reasonably assured, the loan is classified as a non-accrual loan. Loans classified as TDRs remain classified as such for the life of the loan, except in limited circumstances, when it is determined that the borrower is performing under the modified terms and the restructuring agreement specified an interest rate greater than or equal to an acceptable market rate for a comparable new loan at the time of the restructuring.

Goodwill and Core Deposit Intangible. Goodwill represents the excess cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill is not subject to amortization but rather is evaluated at least annually for impairment, or as events and circumstances dictate, at the reporting unit level. The Company's two reporting unit levels are (i) banking and (ii) financial services. The banking reporting unit is representative of the Company's core banking business line, while the financial services reporting unit is representative of the Company's wealth management and trust services business line. Any impairment is charged to non-interest expense on the consolidated statements of income. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment by the Company utilizing several standard valuation techniques, including, but not limited to discounted cash flow analyses and comparable transaction market multiples.

The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually as of November 30th utilizing the two-step process and fair value guidance outlined in GAAP. Step one compares the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than its carrying value, then the reporting unit is not deemed to be impaired and no further assessment is required. However, if the fair value of the reporting unit is below its carrying value, GAAP requires that step two of the goodwill impairment test be performed. Step two involves a process similar to business combination accounting in which fair value is assigned to all assets, liabilities and other identified intangibles. The result of step two is calculating the implied fair value of goodwill for the reporting unit. If the implied fair value of goodwill for the reporting unit is greater than its carrying value, then the reporting unit’s goodwill is not impaired. However, if the reporting unit’s implied fair value of goodwill is below its carrying value, an impairment charge is recorded to mark the carrying value of goodwill to the calculated implied fair value. The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment testing as of November 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 for each

63

Table of Contents

reporting unit and passed step one for the testing performed as of November 30, 2015 and 2014. As such, step two of the goodwill impairment test was not performed and no goodwill impairment was recognized in 2015 or 2014. However, for the goodwill impairment test performed as of November 30, 2013, the Company did not pass step one for its financial services reporting unit and performed step two of the analysis. The results of the step two analysis indicated a goodwill impairment of $2.8 million for this reporting unit. Refer to Note 5 of the consolidated financial statements for additional details. The banking reporting unit analysis performed as of November 30, 2013 passed step one and, therefore, goodwill was not impaired for this reporting unit.

Core deposit intangible represents the estimated value of acquired customer relationships and is amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated life of those relationships (5 to 10 years from the acquisition dates). Core deposit intangibles are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If necessary, management will test the core deposit intangibles for impairment by comparing its carrying value to the expected undiscounted cash flows of the assets. If the undiscounted cash flows of the intangible assets exceed its carrying value then the intangible assets are deemed to be fully recoverable and not impaired. However, if the undiscounted cash flows of the intangible assets are less than its carrying value then management must compare the fair value of the intangible assets to its carrying value. If the fair value of the intangible assets exceeds its carrying value then the intangible assets are not impaired. If the fair value of the intangible assets is less than its carrying value then an impairment charge is recorded to mark the carrying value of the intangible assets to fair value. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 or 2013, there were no events or changes in circumstances that indicated the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

BOLI. BOLI represents the CSV of life insurance policies on the lives of certain active and retired employees where the Company is the beneficiary. The CSV of the policies is recorded as an asset. Increases in the CSV of the policies, as well as death benefits received, net of any CSV, are recorded in non-interest income on the consolidated statements of income, and are not subject to income taxes. The Company reviews the financial strength of the insurance carriers prior to the purchase of life insurance policies and no less than annually thereafter. A life insurance policy with any individual carrier is limited to 15% of Tier I capital (as defined for regulatory purposes) and the total CSV of life insurance policies is limited to 25% of Tier I capital.

Premises and Equipment. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Acquired premises and equipment (through the acquisition of a company or branch acquisition) are stated at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date less accumulated depreciation that occurred subsequent to the acquisition date. Depreciation and amortization are computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the term of the respective lease or the estimated life of the improvement. Land is carried at cost.

OREO. OREO properties acquired through foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure are recorded initially at estimated fair value less estimated costs to sell. Any write-down of the recorded investment in the related loan is charged to the ALL upon transfer to OREO. Upon acquisition of a property, a current appraisal is used or an internal valuation is prepared to substantiate fair value of the property. Any subsequent declines in the fair value of a property are recorded as a valuation allowance on the asset. Any subsequent increases in the fair value of a property are recorded as reductions of the valuation allowance, but not below zero. Upon a sale of an OREO property, any excess of the carrying value over the sale proceeds is recognized as a loss on sale. Any excess of sale proceeds over the carrying value of the OREO property is first applied as a recovery to the valuation allowance, if any, with the remainder being recognized as a gain on sale. Operating expenses and changes in the valuation allowance relating to foreclosed assets are included in other non-interest expense on the consolidated statements of income.

Mortgage Servicing. Servicing assets are recognized as separate assets when servicing rights are acquired through the sale of residential mortgage loans with servicing retained. Capitalized servicing rights, which are reported in other assets on the consolidated statements of condition, are initially recorded at fair value and are amortized in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future servicing of the underlying mortgages (typically, the contractual life of the mortgage). Servicing assets are evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the rights as compared to amortized cost. Impairment is determined by stratifying rights by predominant characteristics, such as interest rates and terms. Fair value is determined using prices for similar assets with similar characteristics, when available, or based upon discounted cash flows using market-based assumptions. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance to the extent that fair value is less than the capitalized amount. If it's later determined that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists, a reduction of the allowance may be recorded increasing income.

Servicing fee income is recorded for fees earned for servicing loans for investors. The fees are based on a contractual percentage of the outstanding principal or a fixed amount per loan and are recorded as income within non-interest income on the consolidated statements of income when earned. The amortization of mortgage servicing rights is recorded as a reduction of loan servicing fee income.


64

Table of Contents

Other Borrowed Funds. Other borrowed funds consist of commercial and retail repurchase agreements, FHLB overnight and short-term borrowings, federal funds purchased, line of credit advances, and treasury, tax and loan deposits. Retail repurchase agreements generally mature within 30 days and are reflected at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction. Commercial repurchase agreements are callable quarterly, generally 6 to 24 months after issuance, and mature within five years. The Company may be required to provide additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities.

Income Taxes. Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax implications attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. If current information suggests that it is not more likely than not that the Company will be able to realize the deferred tax assets, a valuation allowance is established. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company assesses quarterly whether or not a valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets is necessary. If it is more likely than not that the Company will not be able to realize the benefit of the deferred tax assets then a valuation allowance is established on the deferred tax asset not expected to be realized. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company did not carry a valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets.

EPSBasic EPS excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income applicable to common stock by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if certain securities or other contracts to issue common stock (such as stock options) were exercised or converted into additional common shares that would then share in the earnings of the Company. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income applicable to common stock by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period, plus an incremental number of common-equivalent shares computed using the treasury stock method.

Unvested share-based payment awards which include the right to receive non-forfeitable dividends are considered to participate with common stock in undistributed earnings for purposes of computing EPS. Restricted share grants and management stock purchase grants are considered participating securities for this purpose. Accordingly, the Company is required to calculate basic and diluted EPS using the two-class method. The calculation of EPS using the two-class method (i) excludes any dividends paid or owed on participating securities and any undistributed earnings considered to be attributable to participating securities from the numerator and (ii) excludes the dilutive impact of the participating securities from the denominator.

Postretirement Plans. The Company sponsors various retirement plans for current and former employees, including a postretirement health care plan and life insurance to certain eligible retired employees and a SERP for certain officers of the Company. The cost of providing postretirement health care and life insurance benefits is accrued during the active service period of the employee. The SERP is accrued on a current basis and recognizes costs over the estimated employee service period.

Stock-Based Compensation. The fair value of restricted stock and stock options is determined on grant date, adjusted for estimated forfeitures. For restricted stock awards and units, compensation is recognized ratably over the requisite service period equal to the fair value of the award. For stock option awards, the fair value is determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Compensation expense for stock option awards is recognized ratably over the requisite service period equal to the fair value of the award. For performance-based share awards, the Company estimates the degree to which performance conditions will be met to determine the number of shares that will vest and the related compensation expense. Compensation expense is adjusted in the period such estimates change. Non-forfeitable dividends, if any, paid on shares of restricted stock are recorded to retained earnings for shares that are expected to vest and to compensation expense for shares that are not expected to vest.

Off-Balance Sheet Credit Related Financial Instruments. In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into commitments to extend credit, including commercial letters of credit and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded as loans when they are funded.


65

Table of Contents

Derivative Financial Instruments Designated as Hedges. The Company recognizes all derivatives in the consolidated statements of condition at fair value. On the date the Company enters into the derivative contract, the Company designates the derivative as a hedge of either a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (“cash flow hedge”), a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (“fair value hedge”), or a held for trading instrument (“trading instrument”). The Company formally documents relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Company also assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are effective in offsetting changes in cash flows or fair values of hedged items. Changes in fair value of a derivative that is effective and that qualifies as a cash flow hedge are recorded in OCI and are reclassified into earnings when the forecasted transaction or related cash flows affect earnings. Changes in fair value of a derivative that qualifies as a fair value hedge and the change in fair value of the hedged item are both recorded in earnings and offset each other when the transaction is effective. Those derivatives that are classified as trading instruments are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. The Company discontinues hedge accounting when it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of the hedged item, that it is unlikely that the forecasted transaction will occur, or that the designation of the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate.

Segment Reporting. The Company, through its bank and non-bank subsidiaries, provides a broad range of financial services to individuals and companies primarily in Maine. These services include lending, checking, savings and time deposits, cash management, brokerage and trust services. While the Company’s management monitors operations of each subsidiary, substantially all revenues, profits, and assets of the Company are derived by the Bank from banking products and services and, therefore, the Company's management did not provide the segment reporting disclosures as such was determined to be immaterial.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements. In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-01, Income Statement - Extraordinary and Unusual Items (Subtopic 225-30): Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items. The ASU was issued as part of the FASB's simplification initiative to reduce complexity in accounting standards by eliminating the concept of extraordinary items. The ASU is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. The ASU does not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Interest - Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs. The ASU was issued to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs as part of the FASB's simplification initiative. The ASU requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct reduction of the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The new guidance will be applied on a retrospective basis, which will require disclosure of this as a change in accounting principle. The Company does not expect the ASU to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-05, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer's Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement. The ASU was issued because existing GAAP did not include explicit guidance for accounting for fees paid in a cloud computing arrangement. The ASU is effective for annual periods, including interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company does not expect the ASU to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date. The ASU was issued to defer the effective date of Update 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), for all entities by one year. ASU 2014-09 was issued to clarify the principles for recognizing revenue and to develop a common revenue standard. ASU 2014-09 is now effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. The Company continues to evaluate the potential impact of ASU 2014-09, as updated by ASU 2015-14, but currently does not expect the ASU to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments. The ASU was issued to simplify measurement period accounting, by requiring recognition of measurement period adjustments identified in the reporting period in which they are determined instead of applying them retrospectively. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years and early application is permitted. The Company is evaluating the potential impact of the ASU on its consolidated financial statements.

66

Table of Contents


In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Liabilities. The ASU was issued to enhance the reporting model for financial instruments to provide users of financial statements with more useful information for decisions. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for only one of the six amendments, otherwise it is not permitted. The Company is evaluating the potential impact of the ASU on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The ASU was issued to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and liabilities (including operating leases) on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. Previous lease accounting did not require the inclusion of operating leases in the balance sheet. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years, early application is permitted. The Company expects the ASU will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements and is currently evaluating the impact.

2. SBM Acquisition

On October 16, 2015, the Company completed its acquisition of 100% of SBM's, the parent company of The Bank of Maine, common stock. The Merger qualified as a tax-free reorganization for federal income tax purposes and, pursuant to the terms and Merger Agreement, each share of SBM common stock outstanding at the effective time of the acquisition was converted into the right to receive, at the election of the stockholder and subject to the allocation and proration procedures described in the Merger Agreement, either: (1)$206.00 in cash, without interest or (2) 5.421 shares of common stock of the Company; provided that 80% of the SBM shares outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the acquisition were converted into the right to receive common stock of the Company and the remaining SBM shares were converted into the right to receive cash. The total consideration paid by the Company was $136.7 million, consisting of (i) $26.1 million in cash; (ii) 2,749,762 shares of Camden common stock valued at $108.6 million, based on the October 16, 2015 closing price of the Company's common stock of $39.48 per share; and (iii) the fair value of 92,688 non-qualified stock options issued under the 2012 Plan of $2.0 million. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, all unexercised non-qualified stock options held by SBM option holders immediately vested upon completion of the acquisition and were to roll into the Company's non-qualified stock options using the 5.421 share conversion ratio (rounded down to the nearest whole share). The non-qualified stock options issued under the Company's 2012 Plan maintained the same terms and conditions as previously held under SBM's equity plan. The fair value of the non-qualified stock options approximated the intrinsic value of the non-qualified stock options at acquisition date.

The Merger complimented the Company's existing footprint within Maine, while expanding its presence in the higher growth Southern Maine market and into Massachusetts. After completion of the Merger, the Company now has 64 banking centers and three specialized lending offices spread across Maine, New Hampshire and Massachusetts. In addition to providing incremental market share and increasing its presence within Southern Maine, the acquisition improved the Company's interest rate risk exposure in a rising rate environment through a larger mix of variable rate loans as percentage of total loans and additional core deposits (non-interest checking, interest checking, savings and money market accounts) totaling $497.4 million.

The Company accounted for the Merger using the acquisition method. The acquisition method requires the acquirer to recognize the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at their fair values as of the acquisition date (with limited exceptions). Additionally, the acquisition method does not provide for acquisition expenses to be capitalized as part of the transaction. The Company incurred $10.4 million of acquisition-related costs during the year ended December 31, 2015. Refer to Note 3 for additional details.


67

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of the acquisition:
 
 
As Acquired
 
Fair Value Adjustments
 
 
As Recorded at Acquisition
Consideration Paid:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
26,125

Company common stock (2,749,762 shares at $39.48 per share)
 
 
 
 
 
 
108,561

Non-qualified stock options
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,990

Total consideration paid
 
 
 
 
 
 
136,676

Recognized identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed,
at fair value:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and loans held for sale
 
$
639,390

 
$
(11,497
)
(1)
 
627,893

Cash and due from banks
 
86,042

 

 
 
86,042

Investments
 
39,716

 
26

 
 
39,742

Deferred tax assets
 
26,293

 
(1,177
)
(2)
 
25,116

Premises and equipment
 
16,851

 
7,093

 
 
23,944

OREO
 
2,530

 
(1,801
)
 
 
729

Core deposit intangible assets
 

 
6,608

 
 
6,608

Other assets
 
5,421

 
(170
)
 
 
5,251

Deposits and borrowings
 
719,640

 
1,546

 
 
721,186

Other liabilities
 
8,512

 
(198
)
 
 
8,314

Total identified assets acquired and liabilities assumed,
at fair value
 
$
88,091

 
$
(2,266
)
 
 
85,825

Goodwill
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
50,851

(1)
The presented fair value adjustment on loans and loans held for sale is net of the acquired allowance for loan losses of $6.5 million and acquired net deferred origination costs of $4.6 million as these balances were eliminated in purchase accounting. The fair value adjustment on loans and loans held for sale before adjustment of the acquired allowance for loan losses and net deferred origination costs was a discount on the acquired balance of $13.4 million.
(2)
Adjustment to deferred tax assets does not represent a fair value adjustment as deferred tax assets (or liabilities) are not recorded at fair value in accordance with GAAP. The adjustment reflects the write-off of certain acquired federal net operating losses and state tax credits that will not be utilized of $2.4 million (post-tax), deferred tax assets generated as acquired assets and assumed liabilities are recorded at fair value of $381,000, an increase in deferred tax assets of $720,000 due to an increase of 1.0% on acquired deferred tax assets, and other deferred tax asset increases of $147,000.

The Company generated $50.9 million of goodwill in connection with the SBM acquisition and has been allocated to the Company's banking reporting unit. The goodwill generated represents the synergies expected from combining operations of the two organizations, including, but not limited to, systems conversion, consolidation of bank locations and operation centers, and reduced headcount across operation teams. The goodwill generated from the transaction is not deductible for tax purposes.

Fair value adjustments to assets acquired and liabilities assumed are generally amortized using an effective yield, straight-line basis, or other reasonable method consistent with the expected benefit over periods consistent with the estimated useful life or contractual term of the related assets and liabilities.

Fair values of the major categories of assets acquired and liabilities assumed were determined as follows:

Loans and loans held for sale — The loans acquired were recorded at fair value without a carryover of the allowance for loan losses or net deferred origination costs. Fair value of the loans was determined using market participant assumptions in estimating the amount and timing of both principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected, as adjusted for an estimate of future credit losses and prepayments, and then applying a market-based discount rate to those cash flows. The overall discount on the loans acquired in this transaction was due primarily to anticipated future credit losses. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded $531,000 of loan interest accretion attributable to the fair value discount on the acquired loans since the acquisition date.


68

Table of Contents

Cash and due from banks — The fair values of cash and due from banks approximate the respective carrying amounts as the instruments are payable on demand or have short-term maturities.

Investments — The Company acquired both bond investments and equity securities as part of the SBM acquisition. The fair value of the acquired bond investments at acquisition date was estimated using quoted broker pricing for identical securities and an independent third-party pricing service. The fair value of the acquired equity securities was based on publicly available trading prices of the securities. As the acquired equity securities are thinly-traded, the Company considered the closing share prices of the securities for a period of time prior and subsequent to the acquisition date to estimate fair value. Additionally, the Company considered the overall marketability and illiquidity of the acquired equity securities and applied an additional discount using available market data where available.

Deferred tax assets — The Company acquired deferred tax assets and assumed deferred tax liabilities as part of the SBM acquisition. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recorded at fair value in accordance with GAAP. The SBM acquisition qualified as stock transaction for tax purposes, and, thus, the acquired tax basis of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was not adjusted for the various fair value adjustments creating temporary timing differences for the various fair value adjustments.

Premises and equipment — The fair value of acquired bank premises and equipment was determined utilizing independent third party appraisals and other methods.

OREO — Buildings and properties owned by the Company were not recorded at fair value at acquisition date, but, instead, were recorded at their estimated net realizable value (which is fair value less estimated costs to sell). The Company utilized independent third party appraisals to estimate the fair value of the acquired buildings and properties and adjusted for estimated costs to sell the locations.

Core deposit intangible assets — The fair value of core deposit intangible assets was derived by comparing the interest rate and servicing costs that the financial institution pays on the core deposit liability versus the current market rate for alternative sources of financing. The intangible asset represents the stable and relatively low cost source of funds that the deposits and accompanying relationships provide the Company, when compared to alternative funding sources.

Deposits and borrowings — The fair value of acquired checking, savings, and money market accounts was assumed to approximate the carrying value as these accounts have no stated maturity and are payable on demand. Additionally, the fair value of acquired retail repurchase agreements was assumed to approximate its carrying value. The fair value of CDs was determined based on the present value of the contractual cash flows over the remaining period to maturity using a market interest rate.

The following table presents selected unaudited pro forma financial information reflecting the acquisition of SBM assuming it was completed as of January 1, 2014. The unaudited pro forma financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the combined financial results of the Company and SBM had the transaction actually been completed at the beginning of the periods presented, nor does it indicate future results for any other interim or full-year period. The unaudited pro forma information is based on the actual financial statements of SBM for the year ended December 31, 2014, and on its calculated results for the period January 1, 2015 to October 16, 2015 (the date of acquisition), at which time SBM's operations were combined into the Company's reported financial results.


69

Table of Contents

The unaudited pro forma information, for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, set forth below reflect adjustments related to: the amortization or accretion of purchase accounting fair value adjustments; and an estimated tax rate of 35.0%. Acquisition-related expenses incurred by the Company and SBM were reversed for the purposes of this unaudited pro forma information. Furthermore, the unaudited pro forma information does not reflect management’s estimate of any revenue-enhancing opportunities or anticipated cost-savings.
 
 
Pro Forma (Unaudited)
Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
Total revenues(1)
 
$
146,204

 
$
138,196

Net income
 
33,218

 
27,757

(1)
Revenue is defined as net interest income plus non-interest income.
Revenues and earnings of the acquired company since the acquisition date have not been disclosed as it is not practicable as SBM was merged and fully integrated into the Company and separate financial information is not readily available.

At December 31, 2015, the Company's accounting for the acquired loans and deferred tax assets was not yet complete and the balances disclosed and presented within the accompanying consolidated financial statements are provisional amounts.

The Company did not acquire any companies or assets qualifying for acquisition accounting for the year ended December 31, 2014.

3. Acquisition and Divestiture Costs

On October 16, 2015, the Company completed its acquisition of SBM, the parent company of The Bank of Maine. The Company incurred certain one-time costs related to the acquisition that would not have otherwise been incurred had the acquisition not occurred. Total one-time acquisition-related costs for the year ended December 31, 2015 were $10.4 million and has been presented separately on the Company's consolidated statements of income within acquisition and divestiture costs.

On October 4, 2013, the Bank completed its divestiture of its Franklin County branches, including the Farmington, Kingfield, Phillips, Rangeley and Stratton branches. The sales transaction included branch deposits and borrowings of $85.9 million, business loans and certain consumer loans of $46.0 million and real estate and equipment of $602,000. The sales price represents a 3.5% premium on deposits, par value on the loan portfolio and book value for the real estate. The Company recognized a pre-tax gain on the sale of $2.7 million in non-interest income on the consolidated statements of income in 2013.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company incurred certain one-time costs related to the divestiture of its Franklin County branches and the acquisition of 14 branches from the Bank of America, N.A. in 2012. Total costs incurred for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $374,000 and has been presented separately on the Company's consolidated statements of income within acquisition and divestiture costs.


70

Table of Contents

The following table outlines the types of one-time costs incurred related to the (i) SBM acquisition completed on October 16, 2015 and (ii) the costs incurred in 2013 related to the acquisition of 14 branches from Bank of America, N.A. and costs associated with the divestiture of its five Franklin County branches in 2013. There were no one-time acquisition or divestiture costs incurred in 2014.
 
 
For The Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Salaries and employee benefits(1)
 
$
3,240

 
$

 
$

Furniture, equipment and data processing
 
1,531

 

 
78

Net occupancy
 
1,237

 

 
3

Consulting and professional fees(2)
 
2,453

 

 
134

Other expenses(3)
 
1,954

 

 
159

Total acquisition and divestiture costs
 
$
10,415

 
$

 
$
374

(1)
Includes the costs associated with pre-existing change-in-control agreements in place at the time of the SBM acquisition and employee termination costs, including severance.
(2)
Includes the cost of a negotiated non-compete arrangement entered into in connection with the SBM acquisition of $400,000 in 2015.
(3)
Other expenses include marketing and insurance costs, certain contract termination costs, various printing and mailing costs associated with various customer communications, and travel-related costs associated with the integration of the two companies in 2015.
 
Also in connection with the SBM acquisition, the Company incurred certain equity issuance costs totaling $612,000 related to the registration of additional shares of the Company's common stock. These costs have been accounted for as a reduction to shareholders' equity and have been presented as such within the Company's consolidated statements of changes in shareholders' equity.


71

Table of Contents

4. Securities

The following tables summarize the amortized costs and estimated fair values of AFS and HTM securities, as of the dates indicated:
 
Amortized Cost
 
Unrealized Gains
 
Unrealized Losses
 
Fair
Value
December 31, 2015:
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

AFS Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
$
4,971

 
$
69

 
$

 
$
5,040

Obligations of states and political subdivisions
17,355

 
339

 

 
17,694

Mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
419,429

 
3,474

 
(3,857
)
 
419,046

Collateralized mortgage obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
312,719

 
409

 
(6,271
)
 
306,857

Subordinated corporate bonds
1,000

 

 
(4
)
 
996

Total AFS debt securities
755,474

 
4,291

 
(10,132
)
 
749,633

Equity securities
712

 
2

 
(9
)
 
705

Total AFS securities
$
756,186

 
$
4,293

 
$
(10,141
)
 
$
750,338

HTM Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
$
84,144

 
$
1,564

 
$
(61
)
 
$
85,647

Total HTM securities
$
84,144

 
$
1,564

 
$
(61
)
 
$
85,647

December 31, 2014:
  

 
  

 
  

 
 

AFS Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
$
4,962

 
$
65

 
$

 
$
5,027

Obligations of states and political subdivisions
26,080

 
697

 

 
26,777

Mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
377,657

 
5,656

 
(2,005
)
 
381,308

Collateralized mortgage obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
348,855

 
953

 
(5,911
)
 
343,897

Private issue collateralized mortgage obligations
5,999

 
63

 
(8
)
 
6,054

Total AFS securities
$
763,553

 
$
7,434

 
$
(7,924
)
 
$
763,063

HTM Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
$
20,179

 
$
265

 
$
(19
)
 
$
20,425

Total HTM securities
$
20,179

 
$
265

 
$
(19
)
 
$
20,425


At December 31, 2015 and 2014, net unrealized losses on AFS securities included in AOCI amounted to $3.8 million, net of a deferred tax benefit of $2.0 million, and $319,000, net of a deferred tax benefit of $171,000, respectively.

Impaired Investment Securities

Management periodically reviews the Company’s investment portfolio to determine the cause, magnitude and duration of declines in the fair value of each security. Thorough evaluations of the causes of the unrealized losses are performed to determine whether the impairment is temporary or other-than-temporary in nature. Considerations such as the ability of the securities to meet cash flow requirements, levels of credit enhancements, risk of curtailment, recoverability of invested amount over a reasonable period of time, and the length of time the security is in a loss position, for example, are applied in determining OTTI. Once a decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary, the cost basis of the security is permanently reduced and a corresponding charge to earnings is recognized.


72

Table of Contents

The following table presents the estimated fair values and gross unrealized losses of investment securities that were in a continuous loss position at December 31, 2015 and 2014, by length of time that individual securities in each category have been in a continuous loss position:
 
Less Than 12 Months
 
12 Months or More
 
Total
  
Fair Value
 
Unrealized Losses
 
Fair Value
 
Unrealized Losses
 
Fair Value
 
Unrealized Losses
December 31, 2015:
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

AFS Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
$
234,897

 
$
(2,351
)
 
$
45,629

 
$
(1,506
)
 
$
280,526

 
$
(3,857
)
Collateralized mortgage obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
111,143

 
(1,068
)
 
147,180

 
(5,203
)
 
258,323

 
(6,271
)
Subordinated corporate bonds
996

 
(4
)
 

 

 
996

 
(4
)
Equity securities
615

 
(9
)
 

 

 
615

 
(9
)
Total AFS securities
$
347,651

 
$
(3,432
)
 
$
192,809

 
$
(6,709
)
 
$
540,460

 
$
(10,141
)
HTM Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
$
5,507

 
$
(61
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
5,507

 
$
(61
)
Total HTM securities
$
5,507

 
$
(61
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
5,507

 
$
(61
)
December 31, 2014:
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

AFS Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
$
42,856

 
$
(171
)
 
$
125,439

 
$
(1,834
)
 
$
168,295

 
$
(2,005
)
Collateralized mortgage obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
75,723

 
(432
)
 
182,512

 
(5,479
)
 
258,235

 
(5,911
)
Private issue collateralized mortgage obligations
1,785

 
(8
)
 

 

 
1,785

 
(8
)
Total AFS securities
$
120,364

 
$
(611
)
 
$
307,951

 
$
(7,313
)
 
$
428,315

 
$
(7,924
)
HTM Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
$
5,756

 
$
(19
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
5,756

 
$
(19
)
Total HTM securities
$
5,756

 
$
(19
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
5,756

 
$
(19
)

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company held 109 and 74 investment securities with a fair value of $546.0 million and $434.1 million that were in an unrealized loss position totaling $10.2 million and $7.9 million, respectively, that are considered temporary. Of these, mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations with a fair value of $192.8 million and $308.0 million were in an unrealized loss position totaling $6.7 million and $7.3 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and that have been in an unrealized loss position for 12 months or more. The decline in the fair value of the debt securities is reflective of current interest rates in excess of the yield received on investments and was not indicative of an overall credit deterioration or other factors with the Company's investment portfolio. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, gross unrealized losses on the Company's AFS and HTM securities were 2% of the respective investment securities fair value.

The Company has the intent and ability to retain its investment securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2015 until the decline in value has recovered.


73

Table of Contents

Security Gains and Losses and OTTI of Securities

The following table details the Company’s sales of AFS investment securities, the gross realized gains and losses, and OTTI of securities:
 
For The Years Ended
December 31,
  
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Proceeds from sales of securities
$
12,426

 
$
25,695

 
$
17,613

Gross realized gains
221

 
451

 
785

Gross realized losses
(217
)
 

 

Previously recorded OTTI
204

 

 


For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, the Company sold certain AFS investment securities with a total carrying value of $12.4 million, $25.2 million, and $16.8 million, respectively, to manage its liquidity and interest rate risk, and recorded net gains on the sale of AFS securities of $4,000, $451,000, and $785,000, respectively, within non-interest income in the consolidated statements of income. The investments securities that were sold were primarily selected based on an assessment of their prepayment speed.

In the third quarter of 2015, the Company sold all of its Non-Agency investments along with $7.3 million of MBS investments experiencing high prepayment speeds. In anticipation of the closing of the acquisition of SBM on October 16, 2015, the Company proactively sought to restructure its investment portfolio and, in doing so, determined it was in the Company's best interest to sell of its Non-Agency investments. The Company had previously recorded OTTI on its Non-Agency investments of $204,000.

FHLBB and FRB Stock

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company's investment in FHLBB stock was $20.6 million and $19.5 million, respectively. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company's investment in FRB stock was $908,000 and $891,000, respectively.

Securities Pledged

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, securities with an amortized cost of $577.6 million and $486.2 million, respectively, and estimated fair values of $570.9 million and $485.6 million, respectively, were pledged to secure FHLBB advances, public deposits, and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and for other purposes required or permitted by law.


74

Table of Contents

Contractual Maturities

The amortized cost and estimated fair values of securities by contractual maturity at December 31, 2015 are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 
Amortized Cost
 
Fair
Value
AFS Securities
 
 
 
Due in one year or less
$
2,787

 
$
2,813

Due after one year through five years
87,743

 
87,722

Due after five years through ten years
114,988

 
115,359

Due after ten years
549,956

 
543,739

  
$
755,474

 
$
749,633

HTM Securities
 
 
 
Due in one year or less
$

 
$

Due after one year through five years
2,219

 
2,269

Due after five years through ten years
1,125

 
1,135

Due after ten years
80,800

 
82,243

 
$
84,144

 
$
85,647


5. Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses

The composition of the Company’s loan portfolio, excluding residential loans held for sale, at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was as follows:
 
December 31,
  
2015
 
2014
Residential real estate loans
$
821,074

 
$
585,996

Commercial real estate loans
927,951

 
640,661

Commercial loans
297,721

 
257,515

Home equity loans
348,634

 
271,709

Consumer loans
17,953

 
17,257

HPFC(1)
77,243

 

Deferred loan fees, net
(370
)
 
(528
)
Total loans
$
2,490,206

 
$
1,772,610

(1)
HPFC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank that was acquired as part of the SBM acquisition.

The Bank’s lending activities are primarily conducted in Maine, and its footprint continues to expand into other New England states, including New Hampshire and Massachusetts. The Company originates single family and multi-family residential loans, commercial real estate loans, business loans, municipal loans and a variety of consumer loans. In addition, the Company makes loans for the construction of residential homes, multi-family properties and commercial real estate properties. The ability and willingness of borrowers to honor their repayment commitments is generally dependent on the level of overall economic activity within the geographic area and the general economy.

In connection with the SBM acquisition that was completed on October 16, 2015, the Company acquired HPFC, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank. HPFC provides niche commercial lending to the small business medical field, including dentists, optometrists and veterinarians across the U.S. The ability and willingness of borrowers to honor their repayment commitments is generally dependent on the success of the borrower's business. Unlike the Bank's loan portfolio, there is, generally, little to no indication of credit quality issues and/or concerns of borrowers honoring their commitments until a payment is delinquent. Generally, once a payment is delinquent, if the payment is not received shortly thereafter to bring the loan current, the loan is deemed impaired (typically within 45 days).


75

Table of Contents

Shortly after the completion of the acquisition of SBM, the Company reached a decision to close the operations of HPFC, effective February 19, 2016. Refer to Note 25 of the consolidated financial statements for further discussion.
 
The Company, in the normal course of business, has made loans to its subsidiaries, and certain officers, directors, and their associated companies, under terms that are consistent with the Company’s lending policies and regulatory requirements. Loans, including any unused lines of credit, to related parties were as follows:
 
December 31,
  
2015
 
2014
Balance at beginning of year
$
17,469

 
$
17,428

Loans made/advanced and additions
374

 
251

Repayments and reductions
(1,215
)
 
(210
)
Balance at end of year
$
16,628

 
$
17,469


The ALL is management’s best estimate of the inherent risk of loss in the Company’s loan portfolio as of the consolidated statement of condition date. Management makes various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of the loan portfolio and provides an allowance for potential losses based on a number of factors including historical losses. If those assumptions are incorrect, the ALL may not be sufficient to cover losses and may cause an increase in the allowance in the future. Among the factors that could affect the Company’s ability to collect loans and require an increase to the allowance in the future are: (i) financial condition of borrowers; (ii) real estate market changes; (iii) state, regional, and national economic conditions; and (iv) a requirement by federal and state regulators to increase the provision for loan losses or recognize additional charge-offs.

The board of directors monitors credit risk through the Directors' Loan Review Committee, which reviews large credit exposures, monitors the external loan review reports, reviews the lending authority for individual loan officers when required, and has approval authority and responsibility for all matters regarding the loan policy and other credit-related policies, including reviewing and monitoring asset quality trends, concentration levels, and the ALL methodology. The Credit Risk Administration and the Credit Risk Policy Committee oversee the Company's systems and procedures to monitor the credit quality of its loan portfolio, conduct a loan review program, maintain the integrity of the loan rating system, determine the adequacy of the ALL and support the oversight efforts of the Directors' Loan Review Committee and the board of directors. The Company's practice is to proactively manage the portfolio such that management can identify problem credits early, assess and implement effective work-out strategies, and take charge-offs as promptly as practical. In addition, the Company continuously reassesses its underwriting standards in response to credit risk posed by changes in economic conditions. For purposes of determining the ALL, the Company disaggregates its loans into portfolio segments, which include residential real estate, commercial real estate, commercial, home equity, and consumer.

Each portfolio segment possesses unique risk characteristics that are considered when determining the appropriate level of allowance. These risk characteristics unique to each portfolio segment include:

Residential Real Estate. Residential real estate loans held in the Company's loan portfolio are made to borrowers who demonstrate the ability to make scheduled payments with full consideration to underwriting factors. Borrower qualifications include favorable credit history combined with supportive income requirements and combined loan-to-value ratios within established policy guidelines. Collateral consists of mortgage liens on one- to four-family residential properties.

Commercial Real Estate. Commercial real estate loans consist of mortgage loans to finance investments in real property such as multi-family residential, commercial/retail, office, industrial, hotels, educational, health care facilities and other specific use properties. Commercial real estate loans are typically written with amortizing payment structures. Collateral values are determined based upon appraisals and evaluations in accordance with established policy guidelines. Loan-to-value ratios at origination are governed by established policy and regulatory guidelines. Commercial real estate loans are primarily paid by the cash flow generated from the real property, such as operating leases, rents, or other operating cash flows from the borrower.

Commercial. Commercial loans consist of revolving and term loan obligations extended to business and corporate enterprises for the purpose of financing working capital and/or capital investment. Collateral generally consists of pledges of business assets including, but not limited to, accounts receivable, inventory, plant and equipment, and/or real estate, if applicable. Commercial loans are primarily paid by the operating cash flow of the borrower. Commercial loans may be secured or unsecured.


76

Table of Contents

Home Equity. Home equity loans and lines are made to qualified individuals for legitimate purposes secured by senior or junior mortgage liens on owner-occupied one- to four-family homes, condominiums, or vacation homes. The home equity loan has a fixed rate and is billed as equal payments comprised of principal and interest. The home equity line of credit has a variable rate and is billed as interest-only payments during the draw period. At the end of the draw period, the home equity line of credit is billed as a percentage of the principal balance plus all accrued interest. Borrower qualifications include favorable credit history combined with supportive income requirements and combined loan-to-value ratios within established policy guidelines.

Consumer. Consumer loan products including personal lines of credit and amortizing loans made to qualified individuals for various purposes such as education, auto loans, debt consolidation, personal expenses or overdraft protection. Borrower qualifications include favorable credit history combined with supportive income and collateral requirements within established policy guidelines. Consumer loans may be secured or unsecured.

HPFC. HPFC is a niche lender that provides commercial lending to dentists, optometrists and veterinarians, many of which are start-up companies. HPFC's loan portfolio consists of term loan obligations extended for the purpose of financing working capital and/or purchase of equipment. Collateral may consist of pledges of business assets including, but not limited to, accounts receivable, inventory, and/or equipment. These loans are primarily paid by the operating cash flow of the borrower and the terms range from seven to ten years.


77

Table of Contents

The following tables presents the activity in the ALL and select loan information by portfolio segment for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013:
 
Residential Real Estate
 
Commercial Real Estate
 
Commercial
 
Home
Equity
 
Consumer
 
HPFC
 
Unallocated
 
Total
For The Year Ended
  December 31, 2015:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ALL:
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
 
 
  

 
  

Beginning balance
$
4,899

 
$
4,482

 
$
6,823

 
$
2,247

 
$
281

 
$

 
$
2,384

 
$
21,116

Loans charged off
(801
)
 
(481
)
 
(655
)
 
(525
)
 
(154
)
 

 

 
(2,616
)
Recoveries
55

 
74

 
389

 
188

 
22

 

 

 
728

Provision (credit)(1)
392

 
2,117

 
924

 
821

 
44

 
24

 
(2,384
)
 
1,938

Ending balance
$
4,545

 
$
6,192

 
$
7,481

 
$
2,731

 
$
193

 
$
24

 
$

 
$
21,166

ALL balance attributable loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
818

 
$
710

 
$
166

 
$
245

 
$
7

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,946

Collectively evaluated for impairment
3,727

 
5,482

 
7,315

 
2,486

 
186

 
24

 

 
19,220

Total ending ALL
$
4,545

 
$
6,192

 
$
7,481

 
$
2,731

 
$
193

 
$
24

 
$

 
$
21,166

Loans:
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
 
 
  

 
  

Individually evaluated for impairment
$
10,567

 
$
5,744

 
$
4,820

 
$
1,933

 
$
118

 
$

 
$

 
$
23,182

Collectively evaluated for impairment
810,050

 
922,207

 
292,901

 
346,701

 
17,835

 
77,330

 

 
2,467,024

Total loan balances
$
820,617

 
$
927,951

 
$
297,721

 
$
348,634

 
$
17,953

 
$
77,330

 
$

 
$
2,490,206

For The Year Ended December 31, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ALL:
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
 
 
  

 
  

Beginning balance
$
5,603

 
$
4,374

 
$
6,220

 
$
2,403

 
$
319

 
$

 
$
2,671

 
$
21,590

Loans charged off
(785
)
 
(361
)
 
(1,544
)
 
(611
)
 
(143
)
 

 

 
(3,444
)
Recoveries
165

 
135

 
395

 
19

 
32

 

 

 
746

Provision (credit)(1)
(84
)
 
334

 
1,752

 
436

 
73

 

 
(287
)
 
2,224

Ending balance
$
4,899

 
$
4,482

 
$
6,823

 
$
2,247

 
$
281

 
$

 
$
2,384

 
$
21,116

ALL balance attributable loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
1,220

 
$
251

 
$
168

 
$
496

 
$
104

 
$

 
$

 
$
2,239

Collectively evaluated for impairment
3,679

 
4,231

 
6,655

 
1,751

 
177

 

 
2,384

 
18,877

Total ending ALL
$
4,899

 
$
4,482

 
$
6,823

 
$
2,247

 
$
281

 
$

 
$
2,384

 
$
21,116

Loans:
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
 
 
  

 
  

Individually evaluated for impairment
$
9,656

 
$
7,658

 
$
1,853

 
$
1,741

 
$
271

 
$

 
$

 
$
21,179

Collectively evaluated for impairment
575,812

 
633,003

 
255,662

 
269,968

 
16,986

 

 

 
1,751,431

Total loan balances
$
585,468

 
$
640,661

 
$
257,515

 
$
271,709

 
$
17,257

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,772,610


78

Table of Contents

For The Year Ended December 31, 2013:
Residential Real Estate
 
Commercial Real Estate
 
Commercial
 
Home
Equity
 
Consumer
 
HPFC
 
Unallocated
 
Total
ALL:
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
 
 
  

 
  

Beginning balance
$
6,996

 
$
4,549

 
$
5,933

 
$
2,520

 
$
184

 
$

 
$
2,862

 
$
23,044

Loans charged off
(1,059
)
 
(952
)
 
(1,426
)
 
(647
)
 
(190
)
 

 

 
(4,274
)
Recoveries
35

 
121

 
495

 
56

 
61

 

 

 
768

Provision (credit)(1)
(369
)
 
656

 
1,218

 
474

 
264

 

 
(191
)
 
2,052

Ending balance
$
5,603

 
$
4,374

 
$
6,220

 
$
2,403

 
$
319

 
$

 
$
2,671

 
$
21,590

ALL balance attributable loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
1,750

 
$
526

 
$
132

 
$
433

 
$
140

 
$

 
$

 
$
2,981

Collectively evaluated for impairment
3,853

 
3,848

 
6,088

 
1,970

 
179

 

 
2,671

 
18,609

Total ending ALL
$
5,603

 
$
4,374

 
$
6,220

 
$
2,403

 
$
319

 
$

 
$
2,671

 
$
21,590

Loans:
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
 
 
  

 
  

Individually evaluated for impairment
$
14,435

 
$
8,864

 
$
2,635

 
$
1,571

 
$
442

 
$

 
$

 
$
27,947

Collectively evaluated for impairment
555,384

 
532,235

 
176,568

 
271,059

 
17,209

 

 

 
1,552,455

Total loan balances
$
569,819

 
$
541,099

 
$
179,203

 
$
272,630

 
$
17,651

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,580,402


(1)
The provision (credit) for loan losses excludes any impact for the change in the reserve for unfunded commitments, which represents management's estimate of the amount required to reflect the probable inherent losses on outstanding letters of credit and unused lines of credit. The reserve for unfunded commitments is presented within accrued interest and other liabilities on the consolidated statements of condition. At December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, the reserve for unfunded commitments was $22,000, $17,000 and $21,000, respectively.

The following table reconciles the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 provision for loan losses to the provision for credit losses as presented on the consolidated statement of income:
 
 
 
For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Provision for loan losses
 
 
$
1,938

 
$
2,224

 
$
2,052

Change in reserve for unfunded commitments
 
 
(2
)
 
(4
)
 
(24
)
Provision for credit losses
 
 
$
1,936

 
$
2,220

 
$
2,028


In the fourth quarter of 2015, the Company revised its methodology for the ALL whereby it no longer provided for an unallocated reserve, but, instead, incorporated the qualitative factors into the Company's general reserve. Historically, the unallocated reserve served as a method to account for qualitative risks, including general economic and market risks, within its portfolio without specifically assigning to any one or more portfolio segments. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company’s reported unallocated reserve was $0 and $2.4 million, respectively. The change in methodology did not have any impact on the Company's reported ALL or provision for loan losses at or for the year ended December 31, 2015.

The Company focuses on maintaining a well-balanced and diversified loan portfolio. Despite such efforts, it is recognized that credit concentrations may occasionally emerge as a result of economic conditions, changes in local demand, natural loan growth and runoff. To ensure that credit concentrations can be effectively identified, all commercial and commercial real estate loans are assigned Standard Industrial Classification codes, North American Industry Classification System codes, and state and county codes. Shifts in portfolio concentrations are monitored by the Credit Risk Administration. As of December 31, 2015, the non-residential building operators industry concentration was 10% of the Company's total loan portfolio and 27% of the total commercial real estate portfolio. There were no other industry concentrations exceeding 10% of the Company's total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2015.


79

Table of Contents

 To further identify loans with similar risk profiles, the Company categorizes each portfolio segment into classes by credit risk characteristic and applies a credit quality indicator to each portfolio segment. The indicators for commercial, commercial real estate and residential real estate loans are represented by Grades 1 through 10 as outlined below. In general, risk ratings are adjusted periodically throughout the year as updated analysis and review warrants. This process may include, but is not limited to, annual credit and loan reviews, periodic reviews of loan performance metrics, such as delinquency rates, and quarterly reviews of adversely risk rated loans. The Company uses the following definitions when assessing grades for the purpose of evaluating the risk and adequacy of the ALL:

Grade 1 through 6 — Grades 1 through 6 represent groups of loans that are not subject to adverse criticism as defined in regulatory guidance. Loans in these groups exhibit characteristics that represent low to moderate risks, which is measured using a variety of credit risk criteria, such as cash flow coverage, debt service coverage, balance sheet leverage, liquidity, management experience, industry position, prevailing economic conditions, support from secondary sources of repayment and other credit factors that may be relevant to a specific loan. In general, these loans are supported by properly margined collateral and guarantees of principal parties.
Grade 7 — Loans with potential weakness (Special Mention). Loans in this category are currently protected based on collateral and repayment capacity and do not constitute undesirable credit risk, but have potential weakness that may result in deterioration of the repayment process at some future date. This classification is used if a negative trend is evident in the obligor’s financial situation. Special mention loans do not sufficiently expose the Company to warrant adverse classification.
Grade 8 — Loans with definite weakness (Substandard). Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or by collateral pledged. Borrowers experience difficulty in meeting debt repayment requirements. Deterioration is sufficient to cause the Company to look to the sale of collateral.
Grade 9 — Loans with potential loss (Doubtful). Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in the substandard grade with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation of the loan in full highly questionable and improbable. The possibility of some loss is extremely high, but because of specific pending factors that may work to the advantage and strengthening of the asset, its classification as an estimated loss is deferred until its more exact status may be determined.
Grade 10 — Loans with definite loss (Loss). Loans classified as loss are considered uncollectible. The loss classification does not mean that the asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather that it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off the asset because recovery and collection time may be protracted.

Asset quality indicators are periodically reassessed to appropriately reflect the risk composition of the Company’s loan portfolio. Home equity and consumer loans are not individually risk rated, but rather analyzed as groups taking into account delinquency rates and other economic conditions which may affect the ability of borrowers to meet debt service requirements, including interest rates and energy costs. Performing loans include loans that are current and loans that are past due less than 90 days. Loans that are past due over 90 days and non-accrual loans, including TDRs, are considered non-performing.


80

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes credit risk exposure indicators by portfolio segment as of the following dates:
 
 
Residential Real Estate
 
Commercial Real Estate
 
Commercial
 
Home Equity
 
Consumer
 
HPFC
 
Total
December 31, 2015:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pass (Grades 1 – 6)
 
$
802,873

 
$
868,664

 
$
281,553

 
$

 
$

 
$
70,173

 
$
2,023,263

Performing
 

 

 

 
346,701

 
17,835

 

 
364,536

Special Mention (Grade 7)
 
3,282

 
20,732

 
7,527

 

 

 
3,179

 
34,720

Substandard (Grade 8)
 
14,462

 
38,555

 
8,641

 

 

 
3,978

 
65,636

Non-performing
 

 

 

 
1,933

 
118

 

 
2,051

Total
 
$
820,617

 
$
927,951

 
$
297,721

 
$
348,634

 
$
17,953

 
$
77,330

 
$
2,490,206

December 31, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pass (Grades 1 – 6)
 
$
572,589

 
$
606,387

 
$
244,930

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,423,906

Performing
 

 

 

 
269,968

 
16,986

 

 
286,954

Special Mention (Grade 7)
 
3,579

 
4,690

 
6,023

 

 

 

 
14,292

Substandard (Grade 8)
 
9,300

 
29,584

 
6,562

 

 

 

 
45,446

Non-performing
 

 

 

 
1,741

 
271

 

 
2,012

Total
 
$
585,468

 
$
640,661

 
$
257,515

 
$
271,709

 
$
17,257

 
$

 
$
1,772,610


The Company closely monitors the performance of its loan portfolio for both the Bank and HPFC. A loan is placed on non-accrual status when the financial condition of the borrower is deteriorating, payment in full of both principal and interest is not expected as scheduled or principal or interest has been in default for 90 days or more. Exceptions may be made if the asset is well-secured by collateral sufficient to satisfy both the principal and accrued interest in full and collection is reasonably assured. When one loan to a borrower is placed on non-accrual status, all other loans to the borrower are re-evaluated to determine if they should also be placed on non-accrual status. All previously accrued and unpaid interest is reversed at this time. A loan return to accrual status when collection of principal and interest is assured and the borrower has demonstrated timely payments of principal and interest for a reasonable period. Unsecured loans, however, are not normally placed on non-accrual status because they are charged-off once their collectability is in doubt.

The following is a loan aging analysis by portfolio segment (including loans past due over 90 days and non-accrual loans) and a summary of non-accrual loans, which include TDRs, and loans past due over 90 days and accruing as of the following dates:
 
30 –  59 Days Past Due
 
60 – 89 Days Past Due
 
Greater Than 90 Days
 
Total Past Due
 
Current
 
Total Loans Outstanding
 
Loans > 90 Days Past Due and Accruing
 
Non-Accrual Loans
December 31, 2015:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
$
3,325

 
$
571

 
$
6,077

 
$
9,973

 
$
810,644

 
820,617

 
$

 
$
7,253

Commercial real estate
4,219

 
2,427

 
1,584

 
8,230

 
919,721

 
927,951

 

 
4,529

Commercial
267

 
550

 
1,002

 
1,819

 
295,902

 
297,721

 

 
4,489

Home equity
643

 
640

 
1,505

 
2,788

 
345,846

 
348,634

 

 
1,933

Consumer
112

 
7

 
118

 
237

 
17,716

 
17,953

 

 
118

HPFC
165

 

 

 
165

 
77,165

 
77,330

 

 

Total
$
8,731

 
$
4,195

 
$
10,286

 
$
23,212

 
$
2,466,994

 
$
2,490,206

 
$

 
$
18,322

December 31, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
$
1,206

 
$
426

 
$
4,531

 
$
6,163

 
$
579,305

 
$
585,468

 
$

 
$
6,056

Commercial real estate
1,696

 

 
3,791

 
5,487

 
635,174

 
640,661

 

 
7,043

Commercial
456

 
269

 
1,139

 
1,864

 
255,651

 
257,515

 

 
1,529

Home equity
889

 
88

 
1,129

 
2,106

 
269,603

 
271,709

 

 
1,740

Consumer
28

 

 
254

 
282

 
16,975

 
17,257

 

 
271

Total
$
4,275

 
$
783

 
$
10,844

 
$
15,902

 
$
1,756,708

 
$
1,772,610

 
$

 
$
16,639


Interest income that would have been recognized if loans on non-accrual status had been current in accordance with their original terms for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $586,000, $842,000, and $990,000, respectively.


81

Table of Contents

TDRs:

The Company takes a conservative approach with credit risk management and remains focused on community lending and reinvesting. The Company works closely with borrowers experiencing credit problems to assist in loan repayment or term modifications. TDR loans consist of loans where the Company, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties, granted a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. TDRs, typically, involve term modifications or a reduction of either interest or principal. Once such an obligation has been restructured, it will remain a TDR until paid in full, or until the loan is again restructured at current market rates and no concessions are granted.

The specific reserve allowance was determined by discounting the total expected future cash flows from the borrower at the original loan interest rate, or if the loan is currently collateral-dependent, using the NRV, which was obtained through independent appraisals and internal evaluations. The following is a summary of TDRs, by portfolio segment, and the associated specific reserve included within the ALL as of December 31:
 
 
Number of Contracts
 
Recorded Investment
 
Specific Reserve
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Residential real estate
 
22

 
24

 
$
3,398

 
$
3,786

 
$
544

 
$
635

Commercial real estate
 
6

 
7

 
1,459

 
1,702

 
48

 

Commercial
 
9

 
9

 
399

 
426

 
11

 
10

Consumer and home equity
 
1

 
1

 
21

 
29

 

 

Total
 
38

 
41

 
$
5,277

 
$
5,943

 
$
603

 
$
645


At December 31, 2015, the Company had performing and non-performing TDRs with a recorded investment balance of $4.8 million and $446,000, respectively. At December 31, 2014, the Company had performing and non-performing TDRs with a recorded investment balance of $4.5 million and $1.4 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company did not have any commitments to lend additional funds to borrowers with loans classified as TDRs.

The following represents loan modifications that occurred for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 that qualify as TDRs and the type of loan modification made by portfolio segment at December 31:
 
 
Number of Contracts
 
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded Investment
 
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded Investment
 
Specific Reserve
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Residential real estate:
 


 


 
 
 


 


 
 
 


 


 
 
 


 


 
 
Maturity concession
 

 
1

 
2

 
$

 
$
136

 
$
200

 
$

 
$
149

 
213

 
$

 
$
43

 
$

Interest rate and maturity concession
 

 

 
4

 

 

 
636

 

 

 
665

 

 

 
114

Court ordered
 
1

 

 

 
74

 

 

 
78

 

 

 
27

 

 

Commercial real estate:
 


 


 
 
 


 


 
 
 


 


 
 
 


 


 
 
Maturity concession
 

 
1

 
3

 

 
235

 
466

 

 
235

 
462

 

 

 

Principal concession
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:
 


 


 
 
 


 


 
 
 


 


 
 
 


 


 
 
Maturity concession
 

 

 
4

 

 

 
335

 

 

 
335

 

 

 

Interest concession
 

 

 
1

 

 

 
19

 

 

 
19

 

 

 

Court ordered
 

 
3

 

 

 
77

 

 

 
77

 

 

 
6

 

Home equity:
 


 


 
 
 


 


 
 
 


 


 
 
 


 


 
 
Principal forgiveness and maturity
 

 
1

 

 

 
40

 

 

 
30

 

 

 

 

Total
 
1

 
6

 
14

 
$
74

 
$
488

 
$
1,656

 
$
78

 
$
491


$
1,694

 
$
27

 
$
49

 
$
114



82

Table of Contents

The following is a summary of loans modified as a TDR within the previous 12 months and for which the borrower subsequently defaulted for the periods indicated:
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
Number of Contracts
 
Recorded Investment
 
Number of Contracts
 
Recorded Investment
 
Number of Contracts
 
Recorded Investment
Commercial real estate

 
$

 

 
$

 
1

 
$
113

Total

 
$

 

 
$

 
1

 
$
113


Impaired Loans:

Impaired loans consist of non-accrual and TDR loans. All impaired loans are allocated a portion of the allowance to cover potential losses as determined by the internal analysis. The following is a summary of impaired loan balances and the associated allowance by portfolio segment as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:
 
 
Recorded Investment
 
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Related Allowance
 
Average Recorded Investment
 
Interest Income Recognized
December 31, 2015:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With related allowance recorded:
 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

Residential real estate
 
$
5,223

 
$
5,223

 
$
818

 
$
7,888

 
$
112

Commercial real estate
 
2,680

 
2,713

 
710

 
2,424

 

Commercial
 
690

 
690

 
166

 
1,949

 
2

Home equity
 
743

 
743

 
245

 
1,305

 

Consumer
 
26

 
26

 
7

 
212

 

HPFC
 

 

 

 

 

Ending Balance
 
9,362

 
9,395

 
1,946

 
13,778

 
114

Without related allowance recorded:
 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

Residential real estate
 
5,344

 
6,245

 

 
1,483

 
8

Commercial real estate
 
3,064

 
3,663

 

 
2,544

 
65

Commercial
 
4,130

 
4,336

 

 
587

 
17

Home equity
 
1,190

 
1,573

 

 
350

 

Consumer
 
92

 
168

 

 
20

 

HPFC
 

 

 

 

 

Ending Balance
 
13,820

 
15,985

 

 
4,984

 
90

Total impaired loans
 
$
23,182

 
$
25,380

 
$
1,946

 
$
18,762

 
$
204

December 31, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With related allowance recorded:
 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

Residential real estate
 
$
7,713

 
$
7,713

 
$
1,220

 
$
9,524

 
$
125

Commercial real estate
 
3,419

 
3,419

 
251

 
4,911

 

Commercial
 
1,390

 
1,390

 
168

 
2,466

 
8

Home equity
 
1,410

 
1,410

 
496

 
1,545

 

Consumer
 
254

 
254

 
104

 
358

 

Ending Balance
 
14,186

 
14,186

 
2,239

 
18,804

 
133

Without related allowance recorded:
 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

Residential real estate
 
1,943

 
2,604

 

 
2,257

 
13

Commercial real estate
 
4,239

 
4,502

 

 
2,869

 
59

Commercial
 
463

 
606

 

 
791

 
11

Home equity
 
331

 
581

 

 
399

 

Consumer
 
17

 
37

 

 
21

 

Ending Balance
 
6,993

 
8,330

 

 
6,337

 
83

Total impaired loans
 
$
21,179

 
$
22,516

 
$
2,239

 
$
25,141

 
$
216


83

Table of Contents

 
 
Recorded Investment
 
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Related Allowance
 
Average Recorded Investment
 
Interest Income Recognized
December 31, 2013:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With related allowance recorded:
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
Residential real estate
 
$
11,902

 
$
11,902

 
$
1,750

 
$
10,411

 
$
118

Commercial real estate
 
6,805

 
6,805

 
526

 
5,517

 
20

Commercial
 
1,876

 
1,876

 
132

 
2,543

 
10

Home equity
 
1,228

 
1,228

 
433

 
1,291

 

Consumer
 
425

 
425

 
140

 
460

 

Ending Balance
 
22,236

 
22,236

 
2,981

 
20,222

 
148

Without related allowance recorded:
 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

Residential real estate
 
$
2,533

 
$
3,846

 
$

 
$
2,925

 
$
28

Commercial real estate
 
2,059

 
2,782

 

 
3,362

 
55

Commercial
 
759

 
871

 

 
765

 
8

Home equity
 
343

 
479

 

 
334

 

Consumer
 
17

 
37

 

 
11

 

Ending Balance
 
5,711

 
8,015

 

 
7,397

 
91

Total impaired loans
 
$
27,947

 
$
30,251

 
$
2,981

 
$
27,619

 
$
239


In-Process Foreclosure Proceedings:

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had $2.9 million and $4.9 million of consumer mortgage loans secured by residential real estate properties for which foreclosure proceedings were in process, representing 32% and 61%, respectively, of non-performing loans within the Company's residential, consumer and home equity portfolios. The Company continues to be focused on working these consumer mortgage loans through the foreclosure process to resolution; however, the foreclosure process, typically, will take 18 to 24 months due to the State of Maine foreclosure laws.

6. Goodwill

The changes in goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 for each reporting unit are shown in the table below:
  
Banking
 
Financial Services
 
Total
December 31, 2013:


 


 


Goodwill
$
40,902

 
$
7,474

 
$
48,376

Accumulated impairment losses

 
(3,570
)
 
(3,570
)
Reported goodwill
40,902

 
3,904

 
44,806

2014 activity

 

 

December 31, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill
40,902

 
7,474

 
48,376

Accumulated impairment losses

 
(3,570
)
 
(3,570
)
Reported goodwill
40,902

 
3,904

 
44,806

2015 activity(1)
50,851

 

 
50,851

December 31, 2015:
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill
91,753

 
7,474

 
99,227

Accumulated impairment losses

 
(3,570
)
 
(3,570
)
Reported goodwill
$
91,753

 
$
3,904

 
$
95,657

(1)
On October 16, 2015, the Company completed its acquisition of SBM and goodwill of $50.9 million was generated. Refer to Note 2 for additional details and discussion.


84

Table of Contents

The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment assessment as of November 30th, and at interim periods if indicators of potential impairment exist. The Company's annual goodwill impairment assessment as of November 30, 2015 included the goodwill generated from the SBM acquisition of $50.9 million for the banking reporting unit. The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment test as of November 30, 2015 and 2014 for each reporting unit and passed step one. As such, step two of the goodwill impairment test was not performed and no goodwill impairment was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2015 or 2014.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $2.8 million associated with its financial services reporting unit. The Company engaged an independent valuation firm to assist with its November 30, 2013 goodwill impairment assessment for the financial services reporting unit as qualitative factors suggested that it was more-likely-than-not that the fair value of the reporting unit was less than its carrying amount. These qualitative factors included a decline in the revenue base as the result of (i) a decision to focus on the Company’s core business of managing assets and administering trusts for families and local nonprofit organizations resulting in a lower revenue base by increasing account minimums and transferring smaller relationships to affiliates; and (ii) divesting the employee benefits product line. Also in the fourth quarter of 2013, new information became available resulting in the Company refining its approach of who represents a market participant for the financial services reporting unit and reassessing the valuation implications imposed by the required regulatory capital requirements.

The Company performed the two-step goodwill impairment test in accordance with GAAP. In performing step one, two separate valuation methodologies were used to determine the fair value of the financial services reporting unit: (i) a discounted cash flow valuation technique (income approach); and (ii) a comparison of the price to revenue and assets under management of comparable market participant transactions (market approach). Both methods indicated the fair value of the financial services reporting unit was less than its carrying value. Step two of the analysis was then performed, and the results indicated the financial services reporting unit goodwill was impaired as the implied fair value of goodwill was less than its carrying value. As a result, the Company recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $2.8 million related to the financial services reporting unit included within non-interest expense in the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2013. The impairment was caused by lower forecasted revenue, an increase in the discount rate, the anticipated market participants and increased regulatory driven operating costs and capital levels required by potential market participants which impacts the valuation metrics.

7. Other Intangible Assets

The changes in core deposit intangible and trust relationship intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 are shown in the table below:
 
 
Core Deposit Intangible
 
Trust Relationship Intangible
  
 
Total
 
Accumulated Amortization
 
Net
 
Total
 
Accumulated Amortization
 
Net
Balance at December 31, 2013
 
$
17,300

 
$
(13,088
)
 
$
4,212

 
$
753

 
$
(452
)
 
$
301

2014 activity
 

 
(1,073
)
 
(1,073
)
 

 
(75
)
 
(75
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
 
17,300

 
(14,161
)
 
3,139

 
753

 
(527
)
 
226

2015 activity
 
6,608

 
(1,231
)
 
5,377

 

 
(75
)
 
(75
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
 
$
23,908

 
$
(15,392
)
 
$
8,516

 
$
753

 
$
(602
)
 
$
151

Total carrying value of other intangible assets at December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
3,365

Total carrying value of other intangible assets at December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
8,667


On October 16, 2015, the Company completed its acquisition of SBM and, in doing so, recorded core deposit intangible assets of $6.6 million. The core deposit intangible assets will amortize over a 10 year period using an accelerated depreciation method that aligns with the estimated economic benefit of the asset. The weighted-average amortization period for these intangible assets was 4.9 years.

For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded amortization expense of $1.3 million, $1.1 million and $1.2 million, respectively.


85

Table of Contents

The following table reflects the expected amortization schedule for intangible assets over the period of estimated economic benefit (assuming no additional intangible assets are created or impaired):
 
Core Deposit
Intangible
 
Trust Relationship
Intangible
 
Total
2016
$
1,828

 
$
75

 
$
1,903

2017
1,735

 
76

 
1,811

2018
725

 

 
725

2019
705

 

 
705

2020
682

 

 
682

Thereafter
2,841

 

 
2,841

Total
8,516

 
151

 
8,667


8. Premises and Equipment

Details of premises and equipment, at cost, at December 31, were as follows:
 
2015
 
2014
Land and land improvements
$
3,102

 
$
3,046

Buildings and leasehold improvements
37,926

 
29,984

Furniture, fixtures and equipment
35,083

 
19,950

Total cost(1)
76,111

 
52,980

Accumulated depreciation and amortization
(30,152
)
 
(29,094
)
Net premises and equipment
$
45,959

 
$
23,886

(1) Increase is primarily due to assets acquired in connection with the SBM acquisition. Refer to Note 2 for further details.

Depreciation and amortization expense on premises and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $3.3 million, $2.7 million and $2.7 million, respectively. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company has capitalized software costs of $3.8 million and $3.6 million, respectively, and related accumulated depreciation expense of $3.3 million and $3.0 million, respectively. Capitalized software costs are presented within other assets on the consolidated statement of condition. Depreciation and amortization expense on capitalized software costs for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 were $337,000, $335,000, and $296,000, respectively.

The Company enters into noncancellable lease arrangements primarily for its office buildings and branch facilities. Certain lease arrangements contain clauses requiring increasing rental payments over the lease term, which may be indexed to an index (commonly the Consumer Price Index) or the increases may be contractually stipulated. Furthermore, many of these lease arrangements provide the Company with the option to renew the lease arrangement after the initial lease term. The Company incurred expenses of $1.7 million, $1.2 million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, associated with its operating lease arrangements.

The Company has one capital lease for a branch facility with payments that extend until 2026 at an interest rate of 9.75% per year. The capital lease, recorded in premises and equipment, has a cost basis of $855,000 at December 31, 2015 and 2014 and accumulated depreciation of $416,000 and $373,000 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The associated depreciation expense was reported within total depreciation and amortization expenses on premises and equipment above.

In connection with the SBM acquisition, the Company assumed a lease arrangement for which the agreement is between the Company and two of its employees. The lease is for a period of five years with an expiration date of December 1, 2019 with two consecutive five year extension periods available at the option of the Company. The lease arrangement contains certain termination clauses whereby the Company has the right to terminate the lease arrangement should the employees be terminated and/or certain mortgage loan production metrics not be met over a consecutive 12 month period.


86

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2015, under current operating and capital lease contracts, the Company had the following schedule of future minimum lease payments:
 
Operating
 
Capital
2016
$
1,793

 
$
127

2017
1,495

 
126

2018
1,144

 
126

2019
1,102

 
126

2020
601

 
126

Thereafter
2,161

 
686

Total minimum lease payments
$
8,296

 
$
1,317

Less: amount representing interest(1)
 
 
395

Present value of net minimum lease payments(2)
 
 
$
922

(1) Amount necessary to reduce net minimum lease payments to present value calculated at the Company's incremental borrowing rate at lease inception.
(2) Reflects the liability reported within other borrowed funds on the consolidated statements of condition. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the capital lease liability was $922,000 and $984,000, respectively.

As part of the Company's ongoing consolidation in connection with the acquisition of SBM, certain leases will be terminated during 2016. These terminations are reflected in the above schedule of future minimum lease payments.

Included in acquisition and divestiture costs on the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $1.1 million of fixed asset disposal costs incurred as a result of the SBM acquisition. There were no recorded gains or losses from the sale of premises or equipment for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

9. OREO

The Company's OREO activity is presented in the below as of and for the years ended:
 
December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Balance at beginning of year
$
1,587

 
$
2,195

 
$
1,313

Additions
2,904

 
1,337

 
1,958

Disposals
(2,957
)
 
(1,759
)
 
(906
)
Write-downs
(230
)
 
(186
)
 
(170
)
Balance at end of year
$
1,304

 
$
1,587

 
$
2,195


The Company's OREO portfolio by property type is presented in the table below as of:
 
December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
Number of Properties
 
Carrying Value
 
Number of Properties
 
Carrying Value
Residential
2

 
$
241

 
11

 
$
575

Commercial
7

 
1,063

 
6

 
1,012

Total
9

 
$
1,304

 
17

 
$
1,587


In connection with the SBM acquisition, the Company obtained six commercial properties designated as OREO. The carrying value of these properties at the time of acquisition and at December 31, 2015 was $729,000. Additionally, in connection with the SBM acquisition, the Company consolidated four of its branch locations. Two of these branch locations the Company owned and were transferred into OREO at the lower of cost or NRV with a carrying value $401,000.


87

Table of Contents

The Company recorded a net loss on sale of OREO property of $132,000 and $29,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and a net gain on sale of OREO property of $40,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013. The gain or loss recorded on sale of OREO properties is presented within other real estate owned and collection costs on the consolidated statements of income.

10. Mortgage Servicing

Residential real estate mortgages are originated by the Company both for its portfolio and for sale into the secondary market. The transfer of these financial assets (i.e. loans) is accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (i) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (ii) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (ii) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity. The Company may sell its loans to institutional investors, such as Freddie Mac, and may do so on either on a servicing rights released basis or servicing rights retained basis. Should the Company enter into an agreement with the investor to retain or acquire the servicing rights, the Company will record a servicing asset (i.e. MSR). The Company will enter into an agreement with the investor to pay an agreed-upon rate on the loan, which is less than the interest rate received from the borrower. The Company will retain the difference as a fee for servicing the loan. The Company will capitalizes the MSR at fair value within other assets on the statements of condition upon sale of the related loan, and subsequently amortize the asset over the estimated life of the serviced loan and assesses quarterly the asset for impairment.

The balance of MSRs, net of a valuation allowance, included in other assets on the consolidated statements of condition at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $2.2 million and $493,000, respectively. The increase in MSRs at December 31, 2015 over December 31, 2014 was primarily driven by acquired MSRs of $1.6 million in connection with the SBM acquisition.

In evaluating the reasonableness of the carrying values of the MSRs, the Company obtains third party valuations based on loan level data including note rate, type and term of the underlying loans. The model utilizes a variety of assumptions, the most significant of which are loan prepayment assumptions and the discount rate used to discount future cash flows. Prepayment assumptions, which are impacted by loan rates and terms, are calculated using a three-month moving average of weekly prepayment data published by the Public Securities Association and modeled against the serviced loan portfolio by the third party valuation specialist. The discount rate is the quarterly average 10-year U.S. Treasury rate plus a risk premium. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the prepayment assumption used within the model was 11.0% and 11.7%, respectively, and the discount rate was 7.5% and 7.0%. The estimated effect of a 10% and 20% adverse change to the prepayment assumption at December 31, 2015 was a decrease of $79,000 and $238,000, respectively, while a 10% and 20% adverse change to the discount rate assumption was a decrease of $129,000 and $246,000. Other assumptions include delinquency rates, foreclosure rates, servicing cost inflation, and annual unit loan cost. All assumptions are adjusted periodically to reflect current circumstances.

Amortization of the mortgage servicing rights, as well as write-offs of capitalized rights due to prepayments of the related mortgage loans, are recorded as a charge against mortgage servicing fee income. Mortgage servicing fee income, net of amortization and write-offs, for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $624,000, $251,000, and $679,000, respectively. Mortgage servicing fee income is presented in mortgage banking income, net on the consolidated statements of income. Also included within mortgage banking income, net on the consolidated statements of income is the net gains or losses recognized upon the sale of originated mortgage loans. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company sold $61.2 million, $799,000, and $33.3 million, of residential mortgage loans on the secondary market, which resulted in a net gain on sale of loans of $1.3 million, $31,000, and $728,000, respectively. The increase in mortgage servicing fee income and gains on mortgage loan sales reflects the Company's strategic shift in 2015 to ramp up its mortgage banking business in order to reduce interest rate risk by selling its 30-year mortgage production and generating gains from the sales. With the acquisition of SBM on October 16, 2015, the Company gained the strength of SBM's established mortgage banking business, which included many seasoned mortgage loan officers spread across Southern Maine to Massachusetts.


88

Table of Contents

The following summarizes MSRs capitalized and amortized, along with the activity in the related valuation allowance:
 
As Of and For The Years Ended
December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
MSRs:
  

 
  

 
  

Balance at beginning of year
$
493

 
$
726

 
$
542

Capitalized upon sale
294

 
15

 
466

Acquired in connection with SBM acquisition, at fair value
1,608

 

 

Amortization charged against mortgage servicing fee income
(231
)
 
(262
)
 
(340
)
Valuation adjustment
(3
)
 
14

 
58

Balance at end of year
$
2,161

 
$
493

 
$
726

Valuation Allowance:
  

 
  

 
  

Balance at beginning of year
$
(1
)
 
$
(15
)
 
$
(73
)
Increase in impairment reserve
(3
)
 

 
(34
)
Reduction of impairment reserve

 
14

 
92

Balance at end of year
$
(4
)
 
$
(1
)
 
$
(15
)
Fair value, beginning of year(1)
$
1,447

 
$
1,494

 
$
879

Fair value, end of year(1)
2,947

 
1,447

 
1,494

(1)
Reported fair value represents all MSRs currently being serviced by the Company, regardless of carrying amount.

Mortgage loans serviced for third party investors are not included as portfolio loans in the Company's consolidated statements of condition. Mortgage loans serviced for investors at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were $963.0 million and $733.0 million, respectively. Custodial escrow balances maintained in connection with the foregoing loan servicing for investors, and included in demand deposits, were $7.1 million and $8.2 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

While not capitalized as MSRs, the Company serves as the primary servicer of loans originated by MaineHousing. The Company has entered into a contract with MaineHousing to perform loan servicing on the MaineHousing portfolio for a fee. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company earned fees of $1.2 million, $1.2 million, and $1.1 million, respectively, for the servicing of MaineHousing loans and is included in other income on the consolidated statements of income. The MaineHousing loans serviced by the Company, which are not included in the Company's portfolio loan balance within its consolidated statements of condition, totaled $612.1 million and $585.3 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Custodial escrow balances maintained in connection with the foregoing loan servicing for MaineHousing and included in demand deposits were $4.3 million and $5.3 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

In addition to fees earned for servicing the portfolios of investors, servicer guides impose certain time-lines for resolving delinquent loans through workout efforts or liquidation and impose compensatory fees on the Company if those deadlines are not satisfied other than for reasons beyond our control. The investors also have a contractual right to demand indemnification or loan repurchase for certain servicing breaches. For example, the Company would be required to indemnify the investors for or against failures by the Company to perform its servicing obligations or acts or omissions that involve willful malfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of, or reckless disregard of, its duties. The Company records expenses for servicing-related claims and loan repurchases when it is probable that such claims or repurchases will be made and the amounts are reasonably estimable.


89

Table of Contents

11. Deposits

The following is a summary of scheduled maturities of CDs as of December 31, 2015:
 
Retail
 
Brokered
 
Total
2016
$
295,960

 
$

 
$
295,960

2017
90,763

 
28,622

 
119,385

2018
21,758

 
6,545

 
28,303

2019
47,289

 

 
47,289

2020
47,744

 
7,000

 
54,744

Thereafter
13,353

 

 
13,353

Total
$
516,867

 
$
42,167

 
$
559,034


CDs issued in amounts that meet or exceed the FDIC insurance limit of $250,000 totaled $136.6 million and $74.2 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company, in the normal course of business, had deposits from certain officers, directors, and their associated companies totaling $15.7 million and $6.6 million, respectively.

The amount of overdraft deposits that were reclassified as loans at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $663,000 and $595,000, respectively.

12. Borrowings

Other Borrowed Funds

Short-term borrowings consist of retail repurchase agreements, FHLBB advances due in less than 90 days, FHLBB and correspondent bank overnight borrowings, and other short-term borrowings due within one year. The Bank had an available line of credit with the FHLBB of $9.9 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014. The Company had no outstanding balance on the line of credit with the FHLBB at December 31, 2015 or 2014.

Long-term borrowings represent securities sold under repurchase agreements with major brokerage firms and notes payable with maturity dates over one year. Both wholesale and retail repurchase agreements are secured by mortgage-backed securities and securities of government sponsored enterprises.

The Company has a $10.0 million line of credit with a maturity date of December 20, 2016. Through the Bank, the Company also has available lines of credit with PNC Bank of $50.0 million and with the Fed Discount Window of $55.0 million as of December 31, 2015. The Company had no outstanding balances on these lines of credit at December 31, 2015.


90

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes other borrowed funds as presented on the consolidated statements of condition at:
 
December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
Short-Term Borrowings:
  

 
  

Securities sold under repurchase agreements – retail
$
184,989

 
$
157,758

FHLBB advances less than 90 days
230,000

 
245,000

FHLBB and correspondent bank overnight borrowings
12,800

 
43,100

Securities sold under repurchase agreements – commercial
25,000

 

Capital lease obligation
63

 
63

Total short-term borrowings
452,852

 
445,921

Long-Term Borrowings:
  

 
  

Securities sold under repurchase agreements – commercial
5,052

 
30,097

Capital lease obligation
859

 
921

Total long-term borrowings
5,911

 
31,018

Total other borrowed funds
$
458,763

 
$
476,939


The table below provides information on the Company's short-term borrowings at and for the period ended:
 
December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Balance outstanding at end of year
$
452,852

 
$
445,921

 
$
398,932

Average daily balance outstanding
450,009

 
417,585

 
271,281

Maximum balance outstanding at any month end
484,288

 
467,811

 
398,932

Weighted average interest rate for the year
0.37
%
 
0.19
%
 
0.19
%
Weighted average interest rate at end of year
0.46
%
 
0.20
%
 
0.16
%

The securities sold under wholesale repurchase agreements are fixed rate borrowings, which are callable quarterly, with the following schedule of maturities, rate and year in which the instrument becomes callable, as of December 31, 2015:
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
Callable
2016
$
25,000

 
2.61
%
 
2016

2017
5,052

 
4.67
%
 

Total
$
30,052

 
2.96
%
 
 

FHLB Advances

FHLB advances are those borrowings from the FHLBB greater than 90 days. FHLB advances are collateralized by a blanket lien on qualified collateral consisting primarily of loans with first mortgages secured by one- to four-family properties, certain commercial real estate loans, certain pledged investment securities and other qualified assets. The carrying value of residential real estate and commercial loans pledged as collateral was $1.1 billion and $843.2 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The carrying value of securities pledged as collateral at the FHLB was $544,000 and $833,000 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The advances payable to the FHLB are summarized as follows at December 31, 2015:
Fiscal Year
 
Interest Rate Range
 
Weighted-Average
Interest Rate
 
Balance
 
Callable
 
Call Amount
2016
 
1.80% - 1.95%
 
1.92%
 
$
25,000

 
 
$

2017
 
3.99% - 4.06%
 
4.03%
 
20,000

 
2016
 
20,000

2020
 
1.87%
 
1.87%
 
10,000

 
 

Total
 
 
 
 
 
$
55,000

 
 
 
$
20,000



91

Table of Contents

Subordinated Debentures

The Company issued $15.0 million of subordinated debt on October 8, 2015, which qualifies as Tier II regulatory capital. The interest rate on the subordinated debt is 5.50% per annum, fixed for the ten-year term and payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 each year. The Company can redeem the subordinated debt at par starting on October 15, 2020 plus accrued and unpaid interest, or earlier if (i) they no longer qualify as Tier II capital for regulatory capital purposes; (ii) a change in law that prevents the Company from deducting interest payable for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or (iii) the Company is required to register as an investment company pursuant to the Investment Company Act of 1940. The subordinated debt is schedule to mature on October 15, 2025.

The Company incurred issuance costs of $536,000 associated with this debt issuance. The Company capitalized the costs within other assets on the consolidated statements of income and will amortize the issuance costs over the ten-year term of the subordinated debt. The amortization costs incurred for the year ended December 31, 2015 associated with the debt issuance was $8,900 and was recognized as an increase to interest expense within the consolidated statements of income.

In April 2006, the Company formed CCTA, which issued and sold trust preferred securities to the public. The Company received $36.1 million from the issuance of the trust preferred securities in return for junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company to CCTA. The Company owns all of the $1.1 million of outstanding common securities of CCTA. The interest rate of the trust preferred securities was fixed at 6.71% through June 2011 and now floats at the 3 month LIBOR plus 140 basis points. The proceeds from the offering were used to repurchase Company common stock under the tender offer completed in May 2006. The trust preferred securities, which pay interest quarterly at the same rate as the junior subordinated debentures held by CCTA, are mandatorily redeemable on June 30, 2036, or may be redeemed by CCTA at par any time on or after June 30, 2011.

In connection with the acquisition of Union Bankshares Company in 2008, the Company assumed $8.0 million of trust preferred securities, held through a Delaware trust affiliate, UBCT. In 2006, Union Bankshares Company issued an aggregate principal amount of $8.2 million of 30-year junior subordinated deferrable interest debt securities to UBCT. The Company owns all of the $248,000 of outstanding common securities of UBCT. The debt securities obligate the Company to pay interest on their principal sum quarterly in arrears on January 7, April 7, July 7, and October 7 of each year. The interest rate of the trust preferred securities until April 7, 2011 was a blended rate equal to the sum of (1) the product of 50% times the average three-month LIBOR plus 1.42%, plus (2) the product of 50% times 6.4725%. The rate is now the average three-month LIBOR plus 1.42%. The debt securities mature on April 7, 2036, but may be redeemed by the Company, in whole or in part, beginning on April 7, 2011, on any interest payment date. The debt securities may also be redeemed by the Company in whole or in part, within 90 days of the occurrence of certain special redemption events as defined in the Indenture.

CCTA and UBCT are Delaware statutory trusts created for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities and investing the proceeds in junior subordinated debentures of the Company. The junior subordinated debentures are the sole assets of the trusts. The Company is the owner of all of the common securities of CCTA and UBCT and fully and unconditionally guarantees each trust’s securities obligations. In accordance with GAAP, CCTA and UBCT are treated as unconsolidated subsidiaries. The common stock investment in the statutory trusts is included in other assets on the consolidated statements of condition. At December 31, 2015, $43.0 million of the trust preferred securities were included in the Company’s total Tier I capital and amounted to 14.4% of Tier I capital of the Company.

The Company has a notional amount of $43.0 million in interest rate swap agreements on its junior subordinated debentures. Further discussion on the terms and accounting for the interest rate swap agreements is included within Note 20 of the consolidated financial statements.

Interest expense on the subordinated debentures, including the effective portion of the associated interest rate swaps on these debt instruments reclassified from OCI into earnings, totaled $2.7 million, $2.5 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Refer to Note 20 of the consolidated financial statements for information pertaining to the reclassification of OCI into earnings on the interest rate swaps.


92

Table of Contents

13. Repurchase Agreements

The Company can raise additional liquidity by entering into repurchase agreements at its discretion. In a security repurchase agreement transaction, the Company will generally sell a security, agreeing to repurchase either the same or substantially identical security on a specified later date, at a greater price than the original sales price. The difference between the sale price and purchase price is the cost of the proceeds, which is recorded as interest expense on the consolidated statement of income. The securities underlying the agreements are delivered to counterparties as security for the repurchase obligations. Since the securities are treated as collateral and the agreement does not qualify for a full transfer of effective control, the transactions does not meet the criteria to be classified as a sale, and is therefore considered a secured borrowing transaction for accounting purposes. Payments on such borrowings are interest only until the scheduled repurchase date. In a repurchase agreement the Company is subject to the risk that the purchaser may default at maturity and not return the securities underlying the agreements. In order to minimize this potential risk, the Company either deals with established firms when entering into these transactions or with customers whose agreements stipulate that the securities underlying the agreement are not delivered to the customer and instead are held in segregated safekeeping accounts by the Company's safekeeping agents.

The tables below sets forth information regarding the Company’s repurchase agreements accounted for as secured borrowings and types of collateral at December 31, 2015 and 2014:
 
 
Remaining Contractual Maturity of the Agreements
 
 
Overnight and Continuous
 
Up to 30 Days
 
30 - 90 Days
 
Greater than 90 Days
 
Total
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer Repurchase Agreements:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
 
$
556

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
556

Mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
 
95,967

 

 

 

 
95,967

Collateralized mortgage obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
 
88,466

 

 

 

 
88,466

Total Customer Repurchase Agreements
 
184,989

 

 

 

 
184,989

Wholesale Repurchase Agreements:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
 

 

 

 
22,016

 
22,016

Collateralized mortgage obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
 

 

 

 
8,036

 
8,036

Total Wholesale Repurchase Agreements
 

 

 

 
30,052

 
30,052

Total Repurchase Agreements(1)
 
$
184,989

 
$

 
$

 
$
30,052

 
$
215,041

(1)
Total repurchase agreements are presented within other borrowed funds on the consolidated statements of condition.


93

Table of Contents

 
 
Remaining Contractual Maturity of the Agreements
 
 
Overnight and Continuous
 
Up to 30 Days
 
30 - 90 Days
 
Greater than 90 Days
 
Total
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer Repurchase Agreements:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
 
63,527

 

 

 

 
63,527

Collateralized mortgage obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
 
94,231

 

 

 

 
94,231

Total Customer Repurchase Agreements
 
157,758

 

 

 

 
157,758

Wholesale Repurchase Agreements:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
 

 

 

 
20,626

 
20,626

Collateralized mortgage obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
 

 

 

 
9,471

 
9,471

Total Wholesale Repurchase Agreements
 

 

 

 
30,097

 
30,097

Total Repurchase Agreements(1)
 
$
157,758

 
$

 
$

 
$
30,097

 
$
187,855

(1)
Total repurchase agreements are presented within other borrowed funds on the consolidated statements of condition.

Certain customers held CDs totaling $914,000 with the Bank at December 31, 2015 that were collateralized by CMO and MBS securities that were overnight repurchase agreements. These arrangements did not exist at December 31, 2014.

Certain counterparties monitor collateral, and may request additional collateral to be posted from time to time.

14. Income Taxes

The current and deferred components of income tax expense on the consolidated statements of income were as follows:
 
For The Years Ended
December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Current:
  

 
  

 
  

Federal
$
7,956

 
$
11,435

 
$
11,853

State
71

 
505

 
400

  
8,027

 
11,940

 
12,253

Deferred:
  

 
  

 
  

Federal
1,356

 
(500
)
 
(121
)
State
524

 

 

 
1,880

 
(500
)
 
(121
)
Income tax expense
$
9,907

 
$
11,440

 
$
12,132



94

Table of Contents

The income tax expense differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate as a result of the following:
 
For The Years Ended
December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Computed tax expense
$
10,801

 
$
12,604

 
$
12,220

Increase (reduction) in income taxes resulting from:
  

 
  

 
  

Tax exempt income
(1,092
)
 
(704
)
 
(510
)
Income from life insurance
(588
)
 
(503
)
 
(459
)
Non-deductible acquisition-related costs
467

 

 

State taxes, net of federal benefit
373

 
328

 
260

Low income housing credits
(359
)
 
(286
)
 
(299
)
Goodwill impairment

 

 
991

Other
305

 
1

 
(71
)
Income tax expense
$
9,907

 
$
11,440

 
$
12,132

Effective tax rate
32.1
%
 
31.8
%
 
34.7
%

Temporary differences between the financial statements carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities gave rise to the following deferred tax assets and liabilities:
 
December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
  
Asset
 
Liability
 
Asset
 
Liability
Net operating loss and tax credit carryforward
$
22,282

 
$

 
$

 
$

Allowance for loan losses
7,416

 

 
7,397

 

Pension and other benefits
4,488

 

 
4,018

 

Net unrealized losses on derivative instruments
3,432

 

 
3,200

 

Purchase accounting and deposit premium
2,856

 

 
212

 

Deferred compensation and benefits
2,129

 

 
945

 

Net unrealized losses on AFS securities
2,047

 

 
171

 

Net unrealized losses on postretirement plans
1,102

 

 
1,165

 

Allowance for OREO valuation
630

 

 
107

 

Allowance for OTTI on investments
17

 

 
71

 

Depreciation

 
4,298

 

 
1,910

Deferred loan origination fees

 
1,815

 

 
1,581

Prepaid expenses

 
813

 

 
620

MSRs

 
757

 

 
172

Other
1,000

 

 
1,431

 

  
$
47,399

 
$
7,683

 
$
18,717

 
$
4,283


Deferred income taxes have been calculated using a rate of 35%. No valuation allowance was established on the Company's deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2015 or 2014.

In connection with the SBM acquisition, the Company acquired certain net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards as of the acquisition date, including federal net operating losses of $70.9 million related to losses generated by SBM and State of Maine net operating losses of $213,000. The Company determined it would not be able to utilize $6.8 million of the acquired federal net operating losses and wrote-off this amount within purchase accounting. Due to IRC 382(g) limitations, the Company's use of the federal net operating losses acquired is limited to $3.9 million annually (and $803,000 for fiscal year 2015), which was determined using the applicable federal rate (AFR) and the fair value of consideration paid for the acquisition at the acquisition date. The acquired federal net operating losses will expire between 20302034. The Company assessed the need for a valuation allowance on the acquired federal net operating losses and determined that there was a high likelihood that it will be able to utilize all of the acquired allowable federal net operating losses prior to expiration as the Company has a history of generating taxable income well in excess of the limitation. The acquired State of Maine net operating loss was not subject to any state imposed limitations and was fully utilized in fiscal year 2015. As such, there was no valuation allowance established on any of the deferred tax assets acquired as part of the SBM acquisition.


95

Table of Contents

The Company received notice in 2016 that it will undergo an IRS tax examination for fiscal tax years 2013 and 2014. While not currently under review, the Company's federal income tax return for the fiscal tax year 2012 and state income tax returns for fiscal years 2012, 2013 and 2014 are open to audit by various state authorities. If the Company, as a result of an audit, were assessed interest and penalties, the amounts would be recorded within non-interest expense on the consolidated statements of income.

15. Shareholders’ Equity

Dividends

The primary source of funds available to the Company for the payment of dividends to its shareholders is dividends paid to the Company by its subsidiaries. The Company’s subsidiaries are subject to certain requirements imposed by federal banking laws and regulations. These requirements, among other things, establish minimum levels of capital and restrict the amount of dividends that may be distributed by the subsidiaries to the Company. Under regulations prescribed by the OCC, without prior OCC approval, a bank subsidiary may not declare dividends in any year in excess of the bank’s (i) net income for the current year, (ii) plus its retained net income for the prior two years. The Bank declared dividends for payment to the Company in the amount of $39.2 million, which included a $30.0 million special dividend that was paid in connection with the acquisition of SBM, and $12.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Acadia Trust did not declare any dividends for payment to the Company for the years ended December 31, 2015 or 2014. The Company declared $10.6 million and $8.3 million in dividends payable to its shareholders for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Common Stock Repurchase

On September 24, 2013, the board of directors authorized the 2013 Repurchase Plan. The 2013 Repurchase Plan allows for the repurchase of up to 250,000 shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock. This program is expected to continue until the authorized number of shares is repurchased, or the Company’s board terminates the program. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had repurchased 249,500 shares at a weighted-average price of $39.82, or 99.8% of the program’s total allotment, and 2.4% of total outstanding shares. The Company did not repurchase any of its outstanding common stock for the year ended December 31, 2015.

16. EPS

The following is an analysis of basic and diluted EPS, reflecting the application of the two-class method, as described below:
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Net income
$
20,952

 
$
24,570

 
$
22,783

Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities(1)
(59
)
 
(75
)
 
(64
)
Net income available to common shareholders
$
20,893

 
$
24,495

 
$
22,719

Weighted-average common shares outstanding for basic EPS
8,020,851

 
7,450,980

 
7,634,455

Dilutive effect of stock-based awards( 2)
28,857

 
19,613

 
18,815

Weighted-average common and potential common shares for diluted EPS
8,049,708

 
7,470,593

 
7,653,270

Earnings per common share:
  

 
  

 
  

Basic EPS
$
2.60

 
$
3.29

 
$
2.98

Diluted EPS
2.60

 
3.28

 
2.97

Awards excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS(3):
 
 
 
 
 
Stock options
13,250

 
13,750

 
15,250

(1)
Represents dividends paid and undistributed earnings allocated to nonvested stock-based awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends.
(2)
Represents the effect of the assumed exercise of stock options, vesting of restricted shares, vesting of restricted stock units, and vesting of LTIP awards that have met the performance criteria, utilizing the treasury stock method.
(3)
Represents stock-based awards not included in the computation of potential common shares for purposes of calculating diluted EPS as the exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the Company's common stock, and, therefore, are considered anti-dilutive.


96

Table of Contents

Nonvested stock-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends are participating securities and are included in the computation of EPS pursuant to the two-class method. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that determines EPS for each class of common stock and participating security according to dividends declared (or accumulated) and participation rights in undistributed earnings. Certain of the Company’s nonvested stock-based awards qualify as participating securities.

Net income is allocated between the common stock and participating securities pursuant to the two-class method. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, excluding participating nonvested stock-based awards.

Diluted EPS is computed in a similar manner, except that the denominator includes the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if potentially dilutive common shares were issued using the treasury stock method.

17. Stock-Based Compensation Plans

Stock-Based Compensation

On April 29, 2003 and May 1, 2012, the shareholders of the Company approved the 2003 Plan and 2012 Plan, respectively. The maximum number of shares of stock reserved and available for issuance under each the 2003 Plan and 2012 Plan is 800,000 shares. Awards may be granted in the form of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, unrestricted stock, performance shares and dividend equivalent rights, or any combination of the preceding, and the exercise price shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value on the date of grant in the case of incentive stock options, or 85% of the fair market value on the date of grant in the case of non-qualified stock options. No stock options are exercisable more than ten years after the date the stock option is granted. The exercise price of all options granted equaled the market price of the Company's stock on the date of grant, except for the non-qualified stock options issued in conjunction with the SBM acquisition. Refer to Note 2 for additional details.

Stock Option Awards

Stock options granted under the 2003 Plan and the 2012 Plan have been both incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options. All incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options granted vest pro rata over a five year period and have a contractual life of ten years.

On the date of each grant, the fair value of each award is derived using the Black-Scholes option pricing model based on assumptions made by the Company as follows:
Dividend yield is based on the dividend rate of the Company’s stock at the date of grant.
Risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury bond rate with a term equaling the expected life of the granted options.
Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock price calculated over the expected life of the option.
Expected life represents the period of time that granted options are expected to be outstanding based on historical trends.

The following table presents the option pricing assumptions and the estimated fair value of the options using these assumptions for grants made for the years ended:
 
December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Weighted-average dividend yield
3.01
%
 
2.90
%
 
2.40
%
Weighted-average risk-free interest rate
1.50
%
 
1.65
%
 
1.60
%
Weighted-average expected volatility
31.85
%
 
35.39
%
 
52.32
%
Weighted-average expected life (in years)
5.3

 
5.3

 
5.3

Weighted-average fair value of options granted
$
8.81

 
$
8.92

 
$
15.97



97

Table of Contents

Compensation expense related to stock option awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the option vesting period and totaled $51,000, $81,000 and $134,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. As the compensation expense recognized was largely from incentive stock options, the Company does not receive any tax benefit unless upon exercise a disqualifying disposition is made. The total tax benefit for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were $59,000, $19,000, and $25,000, respectively. Unrecognized compensation expense for nonvested stock options, which reflects an estimated forfeiture rate of 0% for executives and directors and 13% for all other officers over the vesting period, totaled $31,000 at December 31, 2015. The forfeiture rate is used to estimate granted options that will be forfeited by executives, directors, and/or employees prior to vesting. The forfeiture rate is determined based on the Company's historical experience. Unrecognized compensation expense on stock options is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 2.6 years. The total intrinsic value of options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 was $573,000, $134,000, and $153,000, respectively.

Stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2015 is as follows:
 
 
Number of Shares
 
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
 
Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
 
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Options outstanding at January 1, 2015
 
94,250

 
$
33.44

 
  
 
 
Granted
 
2,500

 
39.85

 
  
 
  

Issued(1)
 
92,688

 
18.00

 
 
 
 
Exercised
 
(36,671
)
 
26.39

 
  
 
  

Forfeited and expired
 
(6,500
)
 
36.51

 
 
 
 
Options outstanding at December 31, 2015
 
146,267

 
$
25.40

 
4.7
 
$
2,739

Options exercisable at December 31, 2015
 
134,667

 
$
24.48

 
4.5
 
$
2,646

(1) Non-qualified stock options issued in conjunction with the SBM acquisition. Refer to Note 2.

A summary of the status of the Company’s nonvested stock options as of December 31, 2015 and changes during the year then ended is presented below:
 
Awards
 
Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Nonvested at January 1, 2015
21,100

 
$
11.77

Granted
2,500

 
8.81

Vested
(10,000
)
 
12.02

Forfeited
(2,000
)
 
10.33

Nonvested at December 31, 2015
11,600

 
$
11.10


For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company received cash from the exercise of stock options of $736,000 and $338,000, respectively.

Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and MSPP

The Company issued restricted stock awards to certain executives, directors, and employees. Restricted stock awards issued to executives and employees vest pro-rata over three years, with requisite service conditions and no performance-based conditions to such vesting. The vesting period for restricted stock awards issued to directors under the Independent Directors' Equity Compensation Program is determined when granted. Restricted stock awards issued to executives, directors, and employees participate in dividends and recipients are entitled to vote these restricted shares during the vesting period.

The Company issued restricted stock units to certain Company directors who make a valid election to defer under the Independent Directors' Equity Compensation Program, a component of the 2012 Plan. These units are deferred and have no voting or dividend rights until termination or retirement, at which time shares will be issued based on the grant date fair value of the awards issued. The vesting period for these awards is determined when granted. The Company did not issue restricted stock units to directors under the Independent Directors' Equity Compensation Program for the year ended December 31, 2015.


98

Table of Contents

The Company offers the MSPP to provide an opportunity for certain executives and employees to receive restricted shares of the Company’s common stock in lieu of their annual incentive bonus. Restricted shares issued under the MSPP are granted at a discount of one-third of the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant and cliff vests two years after the grant date. Restricted stock issued under the MSPP to executives and employees participate in dividends and are entitled to vote these restricted shares during the vesting period.

Compensation expense recognized in connection with the restricted stock units, restricted stock awards, and MSPP is presented in the following table:
 
For The Years Ended
December 31,
  
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Restricted stock and restricted stock units
$
327

 
$
254

 
$
149

MSPP
66

 
67

 
73

Total compensation expense
$
393

 
$
321

 
$
222

Related income tax benefit
$
137

 
$
112

 
$
78

Fair value of grants vested
$
433

 
$
332

 
$
229


The following table presents a summary of the activity related to restricted stock, restricted stock units and MSPP for the period indicated:
 
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
 
MSPP
  
Number of Shares
 
Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 
Number of Shares
 
Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Nonvested at January 1, 2015
10,957

 
$
36.96

 
12,105

 
$
11.97

Granted
24,889

 
40.82

 
9,379

 
11.53

Vested
(9,168
)
 
37.16

 
(7,798
)
 
11.79

Forfeited
(1,068
)
 
37.04

 
(1,145
)
 
11.81

Nonvested at December 31, 2015
25,610

 
$
40.64

 
12,541

 
$
11.77


At December 31, 2015, unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested restricted stock awards and MSPP was $780,000, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.6 years.

LTIP

The LTIP is intended to attract and retain executives who will contribute to the Company’s future success. The long-term performance period is a period of three consecutive years beginning on January 1 of the first year and ending on December 31 of the third year. Awards are based upon the attainment of certain performance targets on specific performance measures selected by the Compensation Committee and approved by the board of directors. The performance-based share units granted will vest only if certain revenue and expense goals or service conditions, as defined under the LTIP, are achieved. Failure to achieve the goals and service conditions will result in all or a portion of the shares being forfeited.

Compensation expense recognized in connection with the LTIP is presented in the following table:
 
For The Years Ended
December 31,
  
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Compensation expense
$
330

 
$
151

 
$
200

Related income tax benefit
$
116

 
$
53

 
$
70

Fair value of grants vested
$
412

 
$

 
$
497



99

Table of Contents

The following table presents a summary of the activity related to LTIP for the period indicated:
  
Number of Shares
 
Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Nonvested at January 1, 2015
42,778

 
$
38.92

Granted
24,561

 
39.20

Vested
(11,184
)
 
36.81

Forfeited
(13,378
)
 
37.56

Nonvested at December 31, 2015
42,777

 
$
40.06


Based on current performance levels, unrecognized stock compensation expense for the performance share awards was $271,000 with a weighted-average remaining amortization period of 1.5 years at December 31, 2015.

DCRP

The DCRP is an unfunded deferred compensation plan for the benefit of certain Company executives. The Company’s Compensation Committee determines eligibility in the DCRP and annually, participants will receive a credit to an account administered by the Company of 10% of each participant’s annual base salary and bonus for the prior performance period. Annual credits to a participant’s account will be denominated in deferred stock awards (the right to receive a share of common stock of the Company upon the satisfaction of certain restrictions) based on the fair market value of the common stock of the Company on the date of grant. Vesting occurs ratably from the date of participation until the participant reaches the age of 65, at which time the participant is 100% vested. Upon retirement or termination of employment, the participant will receive shares of common stock equal to the Deferred Stock Awards in the account multiplied by the vested percentage, reduced by the amount to be withheld for income taxes. The Company granted 2,406, 2,020, and 2,304 of deferred stock awards for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively under the DCRP. Compensation expense totaled $62,000, $46,000, and $40,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. Unrecognized stock compensation expense for the deferred stock awards was $225,000 with a weighted-average remaining amortization period of 11.3 years at December 31, 2015.

18. Employee Benefit Plans

401(k)/Profit Sharing Plan

The Company has a 401(k)/profit sharing plan and the majority of employees participate in the plan. Employees may contribute pre-tax contributions to the 401(k)/profit sharing plan up to the maximum amount allowed by federal tax laws. The Company makes matching contributions of up to 4% of an employee’s eligible compensation. The Company may make additional matching contributions subject to the discretion of the board of directors. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, these contributions amounted to 3% of pre-tax compensation, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, expenses under the 401(k)/Profit Sharing plan amounted to $1.5 million, $1.4 million, and $1.4 million, respectively.

SERP and Other Postretirement Benefit Plan

The Company sponsors unfunded, non-qualified SERPs for certain officers. These agreements are designed to make up the shortfall (when compared to a non-highly compensated employee) in replacing income at retirement due to IRS compensation and benefit limits under the 401(k) plan and Social Security. With a SERP in place, participants should be able to replace 65 –75% of their final average compensation. For those eligible for benefits, the SERP provides for a minimum 15-year guaranteed benefit for all vested participants. In addition, the Company provides medical and life insurance to certain eligible retired employees under the other postretirement benefit plan.


100

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes changes in the benefit obligation and plan assets for (i) SERP and (ii) the other postretirement benefit plan as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:
 
SERP
 
Other Postretirement
Benefits
  
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Benefit obligations:
  

 
  

 
  

 
  
Beginning of year
$
10,834

 
$
9,927

 
$
2,997

 
$
3,094

Service cost
307

 
270

 
62

 
45

Interest cost
424

 
456

 
117

 
132

Actuarial (gain) loss
(32
)
 
777

 
92

 
(134
)
Business combinations(1)

 

 
312

 

Benefits paid
(481
)
 
(596
)
 
(133
)
 
(140
)
End of year
11,052

 
10,834

 
3,447

 
2,997

Fair value of plan assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning of year

 

 

 

Employer contributions
481

 
596

 
133

 
140

Benefits paid
(481
)
 
(596
)
 
(133
)
 
(140
)
End of year

 

 

 

Funded status at end of year(2)
$
11,052

 
$
10,834

 
$
3,447

 
$
2,997

Amounts recognized in AOCI, net of tax:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net actuarial loss
$
1,789

 
$
1,953

 
$
423

 
$
378

Prior service cost (credit)
5

 
17

 
(170
)
 
(185
)
Total
$
1,794

 
$
1,970

 
$
253

 
$
193

(1)
In connection with the SBM acquisition, the Company assumed its post-retirement benefits for certain former employees and their spouses whereby the Company will cover 100% of healthcare premiums.
(2)
Reported within other liabilities on the consolidated statements of condition.

The accumulated benefit obligation for the SERP was $8.5 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014. In 2016, approximately $220,000 and $7,000 in net actuarial losses and prior service cost, respectively, are expected to be recognized as components of net period benefit cost for the SERP, and approximately $30,000 and $22,000 in net actuarial loss and prior service credit, respectively, are expected to be recognized for the other postretirement benefit plan.


101

Table of Contents

The components of net period benefit cost and other amounts recognized in OCI, before taxes, were as follows:
 
SERP
 
Other Postretirement
Benefits
  
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Net period benefit cost:
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

Service cost
$
307

 
$
270

 
$
326

 
$
62

 
$
45

 
$
42

Interest cost
424

 
456

 
377

 
117

 
132

 
173

Recognized net actuarial loss
218

 
140

 
224

 
24

 
10

 
48

Amortization of prior service cost (credit)
19

 
19

 
19

 
(22
)
 
(22
)
 
(23
)
Net period benefit cost
968

 
885

 
946

 
181

 
165

 
240

Changes in funded status recognized in OCI, before taxes:
  

 
  

 
  

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net actuarial (gain) loss
(32
)
 
777

 
(579
)
 
92

 
(134
)
 
(538
)
Reclassifications to net period benefit cost:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of net unrecognized actuarial loss
(218
)
 
(140
)
 
(224
)
 
(24
)
 
(10
)
 
(48
)
Amortization of prior service (cost) credit
(19
)
 
(19
)
 
(19
)
 
22

 
22

 
23

Total recognized in OCI, before taxes
(269
)
 
618

 
(822
)
 
90

 
(122
)
 
(563
)
Total recognized in net period benefit cost and OCI, before taxes
$
699

 
$
1,503

 
$
124

 
$
271

 
$
43

 
$
(323
)

In the first quarter of 2014, the Company amended the terms of its other postretirement benefit plan impacting the eligibility of employees. The amendment to the plan reduced the Company's benefit obligation by $308,000 at December 31, 2014 and is reflected within the year ended December 31, 2014 other postretirement benefits plan net actuarial gain.

The following assumptions were used in determining benefit obligations and net period benefit costs:
 
SERP
 
Other Postretirement
Benefits
  
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Weighted-average assumptions as of end of year:
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

Discount rate for benefit obligation
4.00
%
 
4.00
%
 
4.75
%
 
4.50
%
 
4.00
%
 
5.02
%
Discount rate for net period benefit cost
4.00
%
 
4.75
%
 
3.75
%
 
4.00
%
 
5.02
%
 
4.05
%
Rate of compensation increase for benefit obligation
4.00
%
 
4.00
%
 
4.50
%
 

 

 

Rate of compensation increase for net periodic benefit cost
4.00
%
 
4.50
%
 
4.50
%
 

 

 

Health care cost trend rate assumed for future years

 

 

 
7.00
%
 
7.00
%
 
7.00
%

A 1.0% increase or decrease in the assumed health care cost trend rate would not materially increase or decrease the Company's accumulated postretirement benefit obligation and the related service and interest cost at December 31, 2015. The postretirement plan has a built-in cap on annual benefits to participants and, thus, the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation and the assumed health care cost trend are relatively stable each period.


102

Table of Contents

In 2016, the expected contribution is $489,000 for the SERP and $163,000 for the other postretirement benefits plan. The expected benefit payments for the next ten years are presented in the following table:
 
SERP
 
Other Postretirement Benefits
2016
$
489

 
$
163

2017
473

 
160

2018
473

 
165

2019
477

 
169

2020
476

 
173

2021-2025
2,809

 
1,027


19. Other Non-Interest Expenses

Detail of other expenses included in the consolidated statements of income is as follows:
 
For The Years Ended
 December 31,
  
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Debit and ATM-related costs
$
2,269

 
$
2,031

 
$
2,118

Donations and marketing
1,841

 
1,587

 
1,561

Employee-related costs(1)
1,437

 
1,287

 
1,217

Postage, freight, and courier
1,430

 
1,236

 
1,284

Office supplies and forms
705

 
736

 
997

Other expenses
3,464

 
2,693

 
3,197

Total
$
11,146

 
$
9,570

 
$
10,374

(1) Employee-related costs include hiring, training, education, meeting and business travel costs.

20. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to pending and threatened legal actions. Although the Company is not able to predict the outcome of such actions, after reviewing pending and threatened actions with counsel, management believes that based on the information currently available the outcome of such actions, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position as a whole.

Reserves are established for legal claims only when losses associated with the claims are judged to be probable, and the loss can be reasonably estimated. In many lawsuits and arbitrations, it is not possible to determine whether a liability has been incurred or to estimate the ultimate or minimum amount of that liability until the case is close to resolution, in which case a reserve will not be recognized until that time.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company did not have any material loss contingencies that were provided for and/or disclosure was necessary.


103

Table of Contents

Financial Instruments

In the normal course of business, the Company is a party to both on-and off-balance sheet financial instruments involving, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in addition to the amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of condition.

The following is a summary of the contractual and notional amounts of the Company’s financial instruments:
 
December 31,
  
2015
 
2014
Lending-Related Instruments:
  

 
  

Loan origination commitments and unadvanced lines of credit:
  

 
  

Home equity
$
464,701

 
$
303,815

Commercial and commercial real estate
94,791

 
47,066

Residential
16,256

 
10,975

Letters of credit
4,468

 
3,103

Other commitments
433

 
1,305

Derivative Financial Instruments:
 
 
 
Customer interest rate swaps
285,888

 
58,234

Forward-starting interest rate swaps
50,000

 

Interest rate swaps
43,000

 
43,000


Lending-Related Instruments

The contractual amounts of the Company’s lending-related financial instruments do not necessarily represent future cash requirements since certain of these instruments may expire without being funded and others may not be fully drawn upon. These instruments are subject to the Company’s credit approval process, including an evaluation of the customer’s creditworthiness and related collateral requirements. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company uses derivative financial instruments for risk management purposes (primarily interest rate risk) and not for trading or speculative purposes. The Company controls the credit risk of these instruments through collateral, credit approvals and monitoring procedures.

Derivative instruments are carried at fair value in the Company’s financial statements. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument is dependent upon whether or not it qualifies and has been designated as a hedge for accounting purposes, and further, by the type of hedging relationship.

The Company has designated its interest rate swaps on its junior subordinated debentures and its forward-starting interest rate swaps on forecasted 30-day FHLBB borrowings as cash flow hedges. The change in the fair value of the Company's cash flow hedges is accounted within OCI, net of tax. Quarterly, in conjunction with financial reporting, the Company assesses each cash flow hedge for ineffectiveness. To the extent any significant ineffectiveness is identified, this amount is recorded within the consolidated statements of income. Furthermore, the Company will reclassify the gain or loss on the effective portion of the cash flow hedge from OCI into the consolidated statements of income in the period the hedged transaction affects earnings.


104

Table of Contents

Interest Rate Swaps

The Company, from time to time, will enter into an interest rate swap agreement with a counterparty to manage interest rate risk associated with its variable rate borrowings. The Company’s interest rate swap agreements contain provisions that require the Company to post cash collateral with the counterparty for contracts that are in a net liability position based on their fair values and the Company’s credit rating. If the interest rate swaps are in a net asset position based on their fair value, the counterparty is required to post cash collateral to the Company. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had a notional amount of $43.0 million in variable-for-fixed interest rate swap agreements on its junior subordinated debentures and posted $10.7 million of cash as collateral at December 31, 2015. The details of its interest rate swap agreements are outlined in the table below:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2015
 
2014
Notional
 Amount
 
Trade
 Date
 
Maturity Date
 
Variable Index
Received
 
Fixed Rate
Paid
 
Fair Value(1)
 
Fair Value(1)
$
10,000

 
3/18/2009
 
6/30/2021
 
3-Month USD LIBOR
 
5.09%
 
$
(1,038
)
 
$
(1,092
)
10,000

 
7/8/2009
 
6/30/2029
 
3-Month USD LIBOR
 
5.84%
 
(2,537
)
 
(2,511
)
10,000

 
5/6/2010
 
6/30/2030
 
3-Month USD LIBOR
 
5.71%
 
(2,477
)
 
(2,434
)
5,000

 
3/14/2011
 
3/30/2031
 
3-Month USD LIBOR
 
4.35%
 
(1,301
)
 
(1,279
)
8,000

 
5/4/2011
 
7/7/2031
 
3-Month USD LIBOR
 
4.14%
 
(1,876
)
 
(1,827
)
$
43,000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
(9,229
)
 
$
(9,143
)
(1) Presented within accrued interest and other liabilities on the consolidated statements of condition.

For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 or 2013, the Company did not record any ineffectiveness on these cash flow hedges within the consolidated statements of income.

Net payments to the counterparty for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were $1.7 million and have been classified as cash flows from operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Forward-Starting Interest Rate Swaps.

In the first quarter of 2015, the Bank entered into two forward-starting interest rate swap arrangements with a counterparty on two tranches of 30-day FHLBB advances with a total notional amount of $50.0 million. Each derivative arrangement commenced on February 25, 2016, with one contract set to expire on February 25, 2018 and the other on February 25, 2019. The Bank entered into these forward-starting interest rate swaps to mitigate its interest rate exposure on borrowings in a rising interest rate environment. The Bank has designated each arrangement as a cash flow hedge in accordance with GAAP, and, therefore, the change in unrealized gains or losses on the derivative instruments is recorded within AOCI, net of tax. Also, quarterly, in conjunction with financial reporting, the Company assesses each derivative instrument for ineffectiveness. To the extent any significant ineffectiveness is identified this amount would be recorded within the consolidated statements of income. For the year ended December 31, 2015 the Company did not record any ineffectiveness on these cash flow hedges within the consolidated statements of income.

The Bank's arrangement with the counterparty requires it to post cash collateral for contracts in a net liability position based on their fair values and the Bank's credit rating. If the interest rate swaps are in a net asset position based on their fair value, the counterparty is required to post cash collateral to the Company. At December 31, 2015, the Bank posted cash collateral with the counterparty of $1.3 million.


105

Table of Contents

The terms of the forward-starting interest rate swap agreements are as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2015
Notional
Amount
 
Trade
Date
 
Maturity Date
 
Variable Index
Received
 
Fixed Rate
Paid
 
Fair Value(1)
$
25,000

 
2/25/2015
 
2/25/2018
 
1-Month USD LIBOR
 
1.54%
 
$
(230
)
25,000

 
2/25/2015
 
2/25/2019
 
1-Month USD LIBOR
 
1.74%
 
(346
)
$
50,000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
(576
)
(1) Presented within accrued interest and other liabilities on the consolidated statements of condition.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company did not record any ineffectiveness on these cash flow hedges within the consolidated statements of income.

Customer Loan Swaps

The Company will enter into interest rate swaps with its commercial customers, from time to time, to provide them with a means to lock into a long-term fixed rate, while simultaneously the Company enters into an arrangement with a counterparty to swap the fixed rate to a variable rate to allow it to effectively manage its interest rate exposure.

The Company's customer loan level derivative program is not designated as a hedge for accounting purposes. As the interest rate swap agreements have substantially equivalent and offsetting terms, they do not materially change the Company’s interest rate risk or present any material exposure to the Company's consolidated statements of income. The Company records its customer loan swaps at fair value and presents such on a gross basis within other assets and accrued interest and other liabilities on the consolidated statements of condition.

The following table presents the total positions, notional and fair value of the Company's customer loans swaps with its commercial customers and the corresponding interest rate swap agreements with counterparty for the periods indicated:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
Number of Positions
 
Notional
 
Fair Value
 
Number of Positions
 
Notional
 
Fair Value
Receive fixed, pay variable(1)
 
28

 
$
142,944

 
$
3,166

 
10

 
$
29,117

 
$
1,140

Pay fixed, received variable(2)
 
28

 
142,944

 
(3,166
)
 
10

 
29,117

 
(1,140
)
(1) Presented within other assets on the consolidated statements of condition.
(2) Presented within accrued interest and other liabilities on the consolidated statements of condition.
 
The Company seeks to mitigate its customer counterparty credit risk exposure through its loan policy and underwriting process, which includes credit approval limits, monitoring procedures, and obtaining collateral, where appropriate. The Company seeks to mitigate its institutional counterparty credit risk exposure by limiting the institutions for which it will enter into interest swap arrangements through an approved listing by the Company's board of directors. The Company's arrangement with an institutional counterparty requires it to post cash collateral for contracts in a net liability position based on their fair values and the Bank's credit rating or receive cash collateral for contracts in a net asset position. At December 31, 2015, the Company posted cash collateral with the counterparty of $3.7 million.

Interest Rate Locks and Mortgage Loan Commitments

As part of originating residential mortgage and commercial loans, the Company may enter into rate lock agreements with customers, and may issue commitment letters to customers, which are considered interest rate lock or forward commitments. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, based upon the pipeline of mortgage loans with rate lock commitments and commercial loans with commitment letters, and the change in fair value of those commitments due to changes in market interest rates, the Company determined the impact on the consolidated financial statements was not material.


106

Table of Contents

The table below presents the effect of the Company’s derivative financial instruments included in OCI and current earnings for the periods indicated:
 
 
For The Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Loss) gain in OCI on derivatives (effective portion), net of tax
 
$
(431
)
 
$
(3,401
)
 
$
4,663

Loss reclassified from OCI into interest expense (effective portion), gross
 
$
1,695

 
$
1,714

 
$
1,611


The Company expects approximately $1.9 million (pre-tax) to be reclassified to interest expense from OCI, related to the Company’s cash flow hedges, in the next twelve months. This reclassification is due to anticipated payments that will be made and/or received on the swaps based upon the forward curve as of December 31, 2015.

21. Fair Value

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is best determined using quoted market prices. However, in many instances, quoted market prices are not available. In such instances, fair values are determined using various valuation techniques. Various assumptions and observable inputs must be relied upon in applying these techniques. GAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs.

GAAP permits an entity to choose to measure certain eligible financial instruments and other items at fair value. The Company elected the fair value option for its loans held for sale. Electing the fair value option for loans held for sale enables the Company’s financial position to more clearly align with the economic value of the actively traded asset. At December 31, 2015, the Company had reported $11.0 million of loans held for sale at fair value, for which an unrealized gain of $133,000 on the unpaid principal balance of $10.8 million was recorded within mortgage banking income, net on the consolidated statements of income. At December 31, 2014, the Company did not have any loans designated as held for sale.

The fair value hierarchy for valuation of an asset or liability is as follows:
Level 1:
Valuation is based upon unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.
Level 2:
Valuation is determined from quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, from quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active or by model-based techniques in which all significant inputs are observable in the market.
Level 3:
Valuation is derived from model-based and other techniques in which at least one significant input is unobservable and which may be based on the Company’s own estimates about the assumptions that market participants would use to value the asset or liability.

In general, fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon model-based techniques incorporating various assumptions including interest rates, prepayment speeds and credit losses. Assets and liabilities valued using model-based techniques are classified as either Level 2 or Level 3, depending on the lowest level classification of an input that is considered significant to the overall valuation. A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below.


107

Table of Contents

Financial Instruments Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Loans Held For Sale: The fair value of loans held for sale is determined using quoted secondary market prices or executed sales agreements and is classified as Level 2.

AFS Securities:  The fair value of debt AFS securities is reported utilizing prices provided by an independent pricing service based on recent trading activity and other observable information including, but not limited to, dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, market interest rate curves, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information, and the bond’s terms and conditions. The fair value of debt securities are classified as Level 2.

The fair value of equity AFS securities is reported utilizing market prices based on recent trading activity. The equity securities are traded on inactive markets and are classified as Level 2.

Derivatives:  The fair value of interest rate swaps is determined using inputs that are observable in the market place obtained from third parties including yield curves, publicly available volatilities, and floating indexes and, accordingly, are classified as Level 2 inputs. The credit value adjustments associated with derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads to evaluate the likelihood of default by the Company and its counterparties. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company has assessed the significance of the impact of the credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of its derivative positions and has determined that the credit valuation adjustments are not significant to the overall valuation of its derivatives due to collateral postings.

108

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value:
 
Fair Value
 
Readily Available Market Prices
(Level 1)
 
Observable Market Data
(Level 2)
 
Company Determined Fair Value
(Level 3)
December 31, 2015
 
 
  

 
  

 
  

Financial assets:
 
 
  

 
  

 
  

Loans held for sale
$
10,958

 
$

 
$
10,958

 
$

AFS securities:
 
 
  

 
  

 
  

Obligations of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
5,040

 

 
5,040

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions
17,694

 

 
17,694

 

Mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
419,046

 

 
419,046

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
306,857

 

 
306,857

 

Subordinated corporate bonds
996

 

 
996

 

Equity securities
705

 

 
705

 

Customer interest rate swaps
3,166

 

 
3,166

 

Financial liabilities:
 
 
  

 
 
 
  

Interest rate swaps
9,229

 

 
9,229

 

Forward-starting interest rate swaps
576

 

 
576

 

Customer interest rate swaps
3,166

 

 
3,166

 

December 31, 2014
 
 
  

 
  

 
  

Financial assets:
 
 
  

 
  

 
  

AFS securities:
 
 
  

 
  

 
  

Obligations of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
$
5,027

 
$

 
$
5,027

 
$

Obligations of states and political subdivisions
26,777

 

 
26,777

 

Mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
381,308

 

 
381,308

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
343,897

 

 
343,897

 

Private issue collateralized mortgage obligations
6,054

 

 
6,054

 

Customer interest rate swap agreements
1,140

 

 
1,140

 

Financial liabilities:
 
 
  

 
  

 
  

Interest rate swaps
9,143

 

 
9,143

 

Customer interest rate swaps
1,140

 

 
1,140

 


The Company did not have any transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy for the year ended December 31, 2015. The Company’s policy for determining transfers between levels occurs at the end of the reporting period when circumstances in the underlying valuation criteria change and result in transfer between levels.

109

Table of Contents

Financial Instruments Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

The Company may be required, from time to time, to measure certain financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. These include assets that are measured at the lower of cost or fair value that were recognized at fair value below cost at the end of the period.

Collateral-Dependent Impaired Loans:  Loans for which it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement are considered impaired. The Company's policy is to individually evaluate for impairment loans with a principal balance greater than $250,000 or more and are classified as substandard or doubtful and are on non-accrual status. Once the population of loans is identified for individual impairment assessment, the Company measures these loans for impairment by comparing NRV, which is the fair value of the collateral, less estimated costs to sell, to the carrying value of the loan. If the NRV of the loan is less than the carrying value of the loan, then a loss is recognized as part of the ALL to adjust the loan's carrying value to NRV. Accordingly, certain collateral-dependent impaired loans are subject to measurement at fair value on a non-recurring basis. Management has estimated the fair values of these assets using Level 2 inputs, such as the fair value of collateral based on independent third-party market approach appraisals for collateral-dependent loans, and Level 3 inputs where circumstances warrant an adjustment to the appraised value based on the age of the appraisal and/or comparable sales, condition of the collateral, and market conditions.

MSRs:  The Company accounts for mortgage servicing assets at cost, subject to impairment testing. When the carrying value of a tranche exceeds fair value, a valuation allowance is established to reduce the carrying cost to fair value. Fair value is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated net servicing income. The Company obtains a third-party valuation based upon loan level data including note rate, type and term of the underlying loans. The model utilizes a variety of observable inputs for its assumptions, the most significant of which are loan prepayment assumptions and the discount rate used to discount future cash flows. Other assumptions include delinquency rates, servicing cost inflation and annual unit loan cost. MSRs are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Non-Financial Assets and Non-Financial Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

The Company has no non-financial assets or non-financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Non-financial assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis consist of OREO and goodwill.

OREO: OREO properties acquired through foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure are recorded at NRV, which is the fair value of the real estate, less estimated costs to sell. Any write-down of the recorded investment in the related loan is charged to the ALL upon transfer to OREO. Upon acquisition of a property, a current appraisal is used or an internal valuation is prepared to substantiate fair value of the property. After foreclosure, management periodically, but at least annually, obtains updated valuations of the OREO properties and, if additional impairments are deemed necessary, the subsequent write-downs for declines in value are recorded through a valuation allowance and a provision for losses charged to other non-interest expense within the consolidated statements of income. As management considers appropriate, adjustments are made to the appraisal obtained for the OREO property to account for recent sales activity of comparable properties, changes in the condition of the property, and changes in market conditions. These adjustments are not observable in an active market and are classified as Level 3.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets: Goodwill represents the excess cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired. The fair value of goodwill is estimated by utilizing several standard valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow analyses, bank merger multiples, and/or an estimation of the impact of business conditions and investor activities on the long-term value of the goodwill. Should an impairment of either reporting unit's goodwill occur, the associated goodwill is written-down to fair value and the impairment charge is recorded within non-interest expense in the consolidated statements of income. The Company conducts an annual impairment test of goodwill in the fourth quarter each year, or more frequently as necessary. There were no indications or triggering events for the years ended December 31, 2015 or 2014 for which management believes that it is more likely than not that goodwill is impaired.

The Company's core deposit intangible assets represent the estimated value of acquired customer relationships and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated life of those relationships. Core deposit intangibles are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If necessary, management will test the core deposit intangibles for impairment by comparing its carrying value to the expected undiscounted cash flows of the assets. If the undiscounted cash flows of the intangible assets exceed its carrying value then the intangible assets are deemed to be fully recoverable and not impaired. However, if the undiscounted cash flows of the intangible assets are less than its carrying value than an impairment charge is recorded to mark the carrying value of the

110

Table of Contents

intangible assets to fair value. There were no indications or triggering events for the years ended December 31, 2015 or 2014 for which management believes that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

The table below highlights financial and non-financial assets measured and recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:
 
Fair Value
 
Readily Available Market Prices
(Level 1)
 
Observable Market Data
(Level 2)
 
Company Determined
Fair Value
(Level 3)
December 31, 2015
 
 
  

 
  

 
  

Financial assets:
 
 
  

 
  

 
  

Collateral-dependent impaired loans
$
1,971

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,971

MSRs(1)
440

 

 
440

 

Non-financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OREO
1,304

 

 

 
1,304

December 31, 2014
 
 
  

 
  

 
  

Financial assets:
 
 
  

 
  

 
  

Collateral-dependent impaired loans
$
3,581

 
$

 
$

 
$
3,581

MSRs(1)
173

 

 
173

 

Non-financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OREO
1,282

 

 

 
1,282

(1)
Represents MSRs deemed to be impaired and a valuation allowance was established to carry at fair value at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

The following table presents the valuation methodology and unobservable inputs for Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2015 and 2014:
 
Fair Value
 
Valuation Methodology
 
Unobservable input
 
Discount Range (Weighted-Average)
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateral-dependent impaired loans:
  

 
  
 
  
 
  
 
Partially charged-off
$
399

 
Market approach appraisal of collateral
 
Management adjustment
of appraisal
 
0%
(0%)
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated selling costs
 
0 - 10%
(7%)
Specifically reserved
1,572

 
Market approach appraisal of collateral
 
Management adjustment
of appraisal
 
0 - 57%
(45%)
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated selling costs
 
10%
(10%)
OREO
1,304

 
Market approach appraisal of collateral
 
Management adjustment
of appraisal
 
0 - 43%
(18%)
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated selling costs
 
10%
(10%)
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateral-dependent impaired loans:
  

 
  
 
  
 
  
 
Partially charged-off
$
1,569

 
Market approach appraisal of collateral
 
Management adjustment
of appraisal
 
0 - 17%
(0%)
 


 
 
 
Estimated selling costs
 
10%
(10%)
Specifically reserved
2,012

 
Market approach appraisal of collateral
 
Management adjustment
of appraisal
 
0 - 50%
(22%)
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated selling costs
 
10%
(10%)
OREO
1,282

 
Market approach appraisal of collateral
 
Management adjustment
of appraisal
 
0 - 68%
(21%)
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated selling costs
 
6 - 10%
(9%)

111

Table of Contents



GAAP requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or non-recurring basis. The methodologies for estimating the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis are discussed above. The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the fair values of its other financial instruments.

Cash and Due from Banks:  The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated statements of condition approximate fair value that have original maturities of ninety days or less.

HTM securities:  The fair value is estimated utilizing prices provided by an independent pricing service based on recent trading activity and other observable information including, but not limited to, dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, market interest rate curves, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information, and the bond’s terms and conditions. The fair value is classified as Level 2.
 
Loans:  For variable rate loans that reprice frequently and have no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. The fair value of other loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.
 
Interest Receivable and Payable:  The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated statements of condition approximate fair value.
 
Deposits:  The fair value of demand, non-interest checking, savings and money market deposits is determined as the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of time deposits is estimated by discounting the estimated future cash flows using market rates offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.
 
Borrowings:  The carrying amounts of short-term borrowings from the FHLB, securities sold under repurchase agreements, notes payable and other short-term borrowings approximate fair value. The fair values of long-term borrowings and commercial repurchase agreements are based on the discounted cash flows using current rates for advances of similar remaining maturities.
 
Subordinated Debentures: The fair values of are based on quoted prices from similar instruments in inactive markets.


112

Table of Contents

The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair value for financial instrument assets and liabilities at December 31, 2015:
  
Carrying Amount
 
Fair Value
 
Readily Available Market Prices
(Level 1)
 
Observable Market Prices
(Level 2)
 
Company Determined Market Prices
(Level 3)
Financial assets:
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
 
Cash and due from banks
$
79,488

 
$
79,488

 
$
79,488

 
$

 
$

AFS securities
750,338

 
750,338

 

 
750,338

 

HTM securities
84,144

 
85,647

 

 
85,647

 

Loans held for sale
10,958

 
10,958

 

 
10,958

 

Residential real estate loans
808,180

 
820,774

 

 

 
820,774

Commercial real estate loans
922,257

 
911,316

 

 

 
911,316

Commercial loans
371,684

 
371,854

 

 

 
371,854

Home equity loans
349,215

 
348,963

 

 

 
348,963

Consumer loans
17,704

 
18,163

 

 

 
18,163

MSRs(1)
2,161

 
2,947

 

 
2,947

 

Interest receivable
7,985

 
7,985

 

 
7,985

 

Customer interest rate swaps
3,166

 
3,166

 

 
3,166

 

Financial liabilities:
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
 
Deposits
$
2,726,379

 
$
2,726,300

 
$

 
$
2,726,300

 
$

FHLB advances
55,000

 
56,001

 

 
56,001

 

Commercial repurchase agreements
30,052

 
30,931

 

 
30,931

 

Other borrowed funds
428,711

 
428,778

 

 
428,778

 

Subordinated debentures
59,126

 
42,950

 

 
42,950

 

Interest payable
641

 
641

 

 
641

 

Interest rate swaps
9,229

 
9,229

 

 
9,229

 

Forward-starting interest rate swaps
576

 
576

 

 
576

 

Customer interest rate swaps
3,166

 
3,166

 

 
3,166

 

(1)
Reported fair value represents all MSRs currently being serviced by the Company at December 31, 2015, regardless of carrying amount.

113

Table of Contents

The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair value for financial instrument assets and liabilities at December 31, 2014:
  
Carrying Amount
 
Fair Value
 
Readily Available Market Prices
(Level 1)
 
Observable Market Prices
(Level 2)
 
Company Determined Market Prices
(Level 3)
Financial assets:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Cash and due from banks
$
60,813

 
$
60,813

 
$
60,813

 
$

 
$

AFS securities
763,063

 
763,063

 

 
763,063

 

HTM securities
20,179

 
20,425

 

 
20,425

 

Residential real estate loans
579,946

 
596,172

 

 

 
596,172

Commercial real estate loans
635,609

 
631,434

 

 

 
631,434

Commercial loans
249,823

 
244,713

 

 

 
244,713

Home equity loans
269,176

 
270,904

 

 

 
270,904

Consumer loans
16,940

 
17,007

 

 

 
17,007

MSRs(1)
493

 
1,447

 

 
1,447

 

Interest receivable
6,017

 
6,017

 

 
6,017

 

Customer interest rate swaps
1,140

 
1,140

 

 
1,140

 

Financial liabilities:
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 

Deposits
$
1,932,097

 
$
1,933,805

 
$

 
$
1,933,805

 
$

FHLB advances
56,039

 
57,986

 

 
57,986

 

Commercial repurchase agreements
30,097

 
31,395

 

 
31,395

 

Other borrowed funds
446,842

 
446,909

 

 
446,909

 

Junior subordinated debentures
44,024

 
44,024

 

 
44,024

 

Interest payable
537

 
537

 

 
537

 

Interest rate swaps
9,143

 
9,143

 

 
9,143

 

Customer interest rate swaps
1,140

 
1,140

 

 
1,140

 

(1)
Reported fair value represents all MSRs currently being serviced by the Company at December 31, 2014, regardless of carrying amount.

22. Regulatory Capital Requirements

The Company and Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the FRB and the OCC. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Effective January 1, 2015, the Company implemented the Basel III regulatory capital framework. These new rules and framework revised minimum capital requirements and adjusted prompt corrective action thresholds. The Company and Bank are required to maintain certain levels of capital based on risk-adjusted assets. These capital requirements represent quantitative measures of our assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company and Bank's capital classification is also subject to qualitative judgments by our regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Under the Basel III regulatory capital framework, the quantitative measures established to ensure capital adequacy require us to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total, Tier I capital, and common equity Tier I (as defined in the applicable regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined in the applicable regulations), and of Tier I capital to average assets, or leverage ratio (as defined in the applicable regulations). These guidelines apply to the Company on a consolidated basis. Under the current guidelines, banking organizations must have a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0%, a minimum Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 6.0%, a minimum common equity Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%, and a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%. In addition to these requirements, banking organization must maintain a 2.5% capital conservation buffer consisting of common Tier I equity, subject to a transition schedule with a full phase-in by 2019.


114

Table of Contents

The Company and Bank's risk-based capital ratios exceeded regulatory guidelines at December 31, 2015 under the newly implemented Basel III regulatory capital framework. The Company and Bank's risk-based capital ratios under prior rules at December 31, 2014 also exceeded regulatory capital requirements under previous regulatory capital requirements in place. The following table presents the Company and Bank's regulatory capital ratios at the periods indicated:
 
 
Current Regulatory Guidance
 
Prior Regulatory Guidance
 
 
December 31,
2015
 
Minimum Regulatory Capital Required For Capital Adequacy Purposes
 
Minimum Regulatory Provision To Be "Well Capitalized" Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
 
December 31,
2014
 
Minimum Regulatory Capital Required For Capital Adequacy Purposes
 
Minimum Regulatory Provision To Be "Well Capitalized" Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
 
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
 
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
 
Camden National Corporation:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total risk-based capital ratio
 
$
335,740


12.98
%

8.00
%

N/A

 
$
269,497


15.16
%

8.00
%

N/A

Tier I risk-based capital ratio
 
299,552


11.58
%

6.00
%

N/A

 
248,363


13.97
%

4.00
%

N/A

Common equity Tier I risk-based capital ratio(1)
 
269,350


10.42
%

4.50
%

N/A

 
N/A


N/A


N/A


N/A

Tier I leverage capital ratio
 
299,552

 
8.74
%
 
4.00
%
 
N/A

 
248,363

 
9.26
%
 
4.00
%
 
N/A

Camden National Bank:
 
 

 

 

 
 
 

 

 

 
Total risk-based capital ratio
 
$
304,847


11.75
%

8.00
%

10.00
%
 
$
244,351


13.85
%

8.00
%

10.00
%
Tier I risk-based capital ratio
 
283,659


10.93
%

6.00
%

8.00
%
 
223,218


12.65
%

4.00
%

6.00
%
Common equity Tier I risk-based capital ratio(1)
 
283,659

 
10.93
%
 
4.50
%
 
6.50
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

Tier I leverage capital ratio
 
283,659

 
8.33
%
 
4.00
%
 
5.00
%
 
223,218

 
8.38
%
 
4.00
%
 
5.00
%
(1)
Common equity Tier I risk-based capital ratio was a new risk-based capital ratio implemented with Basel III on January 1, 2015.

In addition, the OCC requires a minimum level of $2.5 million of Tier I capital to be maintained at Acadia Trust. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, Acadia Trust met all of its capital requirements.

Although the subordinated debentures are recorded as a liability on the Company's consolidated statements of condition, the Company is permitted, in accordance with regulatory guidelines, to include, subject to certain limits, the subordinated debentures in our calculation of risk-based capital. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, $43.0 million of the subordinated debentures were included in Tier I and total risk-based capital for the Company. Additionally, on October 8, 2015, the Company issued $15.0 million of subordinated debentures in connection with the acquisition of SBM. The subordinated debentures qualified as Tier II capital and were included in total risk-based capital for the Company at December 31, 2015.


115

Table of Contents

23. Parent Company Financial Statements

On January 1, 2014, the Company's parent company sold certain assets and liabilities, including premises, equipment, prepaid expenses and short-term liabilities, to the Bank in an arms-length transaction. Also, effective January 1, 2014, all employees of the parent company became Bank employees.

Following are the condensed statements of condition, income and cash flows for the Company's parent company:

STATEMENTS OF CONDITION

 
December 31,
  
2015
 
2014
ASSETS
  

 
  

Cash
$
26,581

 
$
23,259

Investment in subsidiaries:
  

 
  

Bank
394,404

 
266,940

Acadia Trust
10,232

 
9,450

Receivable from subsidiaries
1,926

 
25

Other assets
14,475

 
12,600

Total assets
$
447,618

 
$
312,274

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
  

 
  

Due to subsidiaries
$
1,216

 
$

Subordinated debentures
59,126

 
44,024

Other liabilities
24,086

 
23,141

Shareholders’ equity
363,190

 
245,109

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
447,618

 
$
312,274



116

Table of Contents

STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
For The Years Ended
December 31,
  
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Operating Income
  

 
  

 
  
Dividend income from subsidiaries
$
39,200

 
$
12,800

 
$
13,500

Fees from subsidiaries

 

 
20,930

Other income (loss)
(18
)
 
104

 
270

Total operating income
39,182

 
12,904

 
34,700

Operating Expenses
  

 
  

 
  

Interest on borrowings
2,734

 
2,532

 
2,532

Fees to Bank
160

 
160

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

 
13,354

Furniture, equipment and data processing

 

 
4,570

Depreciation and amortization

 

 
1,197

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 
596

Net occupancy

 

 
523

Other operating expenses
469

 
453

 
1,454

Total operating expenses
3,363

 
3,145

 
24,226

Income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries and income taxes
35,819

 
9,759

 
10,474

Equity in undistributed income (losses) of subsidiaries
(15,999
)
 
13,799

 
11,233

Income before income taxes
19,820

 
23,558

 
21,707

Income tax benefit
1,132

 
1,012

 
1,076

Net Income
$
20,952

 
$
24,570

 
$
22,783



117

Table of Contents

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
For The Years Ended
December 31,
  
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Operating Activities
  

 
  

 
  

Net income
$
20,952

 
$
24,570

 
$
22,783

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
  

 
  

 
  

Equity in undistributed (income) losses of subsidiaries
4,573

 
(13,799
)
 
(11,233
)
Depreciation and amortization

 

 
1,197

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 
596

(Increase) decrease in receivable from subsidiaries
(1,901
)
 
2,037

 
498

(Increase) decrease in other assets
(2,175
)
 
165

 
(845
)
Increase (decrease) in due to subsidiaries
1,216

 

 

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities
320

 
(2,106
)
 
459

Net cash provided by operating activities
22,985

 
10,867

 
13,455

Investing Activities
  

 
  

 
  

Acquisition of SBM, net of cash acquired
(25,319
)
 

 

Proceeds from sale of assets

 
5,237

 

Purchase of premises and equipment

 

 
(896
)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
(25,319
)
 
5,237

 
(896
)
Financing Activities
  

 
  

 
  

Issuance of subordinated debt, net of issuance costs
14,464

 

 

Exercise of stock options and issuance of restricted stock, net of repurchase for tax withholdings and tax benefit
753

 
328

 
300

Capital contribution from subsidiaries
836

 
599

 

Equity issuance costs
(612
)
 

 

Common stock repurchase

 
(7,475
)
 
(2,460
)
Cash dividends paid on common stock
(9,785
)
 
(8,085
)
 
(8,121
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
5,656

 
(14,633
)
 
(10,281
)
Net increase in cash
3,322

 
1,471

 
2,278

Cash at beginning of year
23,259

 
21,788

 
19,510

Cash at end of year
$
26,581

 
$
23,259

 
$
21,788

Supplemental information
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock repurchased not yet settled
$

 
$

 
$
320




118

Table of Contents

24. Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

The following table presents a summary of the quarterly results of operations for the years ended:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
  
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter(1)
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
Interest income
 
$
22,451

 
$
23,657

 
$
23,056

 
$
29,983

 
$
21,392

 
$
22,284

 
$
22,417

 
$
22,292

Interest expense
 
3,014

 
3,022

 
3,044

 
3,612

 
2,983

 
3,041

 
3,048

 
3,056

Net interest income
 
19,437

 
20,635

 
20,012

 
26,371

 
18,409

 
19,243

 
19,369

 
19,236

Provision for credit losses
 
446

 
254

 
279

 
957

 
493

 
643

 
539

 
545

Non-interest income
 
6,144

 
6,310

 
6,561

 
8,464

 
5,686

 
6,509

 
5,954

 
6,221

Non-interest expense
 
16,801

 
16,157

 
16,711

 
31,470

 
15,125

 
15,792

 
15,179

 
16,301

Income before income taxes
 
8,334

 
10,534

 
9,583

 
2,408

 
8,477

 
9,317

 
9,605

 
8,611

Income tax expense
 
2,723

 
3,341

 
3,127

 
716

 
2,762

 
3,001

 
3,154

 
2,523

Net income
 
$
5,611

 
$
7,193

 
$
6,456

 
$
1,692

 
$
5,715

 
$
6,316

 
$
6,451

 
$
6,088

Per common share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
$
0.75

 
$
0.97

 
$
0.86

 
$
0.17

 
$
0.76

 
$
0.85

 
$
0.87

 
$
0.82

Diluted
 
$
0.75

 
$
0.96

 
$
0.86

 
$
0.17

 
$
0.75

 
$
0.85

 
$
0.86

 
$
0.82

(1)
On October 16, 2015, the Company completed its acquisition of SBM. Fourth quarter 2015 results of operations include revenues and expenses incurred as a combined organization from the acquisition date through December 31, 2015. The decrease in basic and diluted EPS in the fourth quarter of 2015 was due to acquisition costs and the issuance of 2.7 million shares of Company common stock in connection with the acquisition. Refer to Note 2 and 3 for additional details of the acquisition.

25. Subsequent Events

As part of the acquisition of SBM on October 16, 2015, the Company acquired HPFC, which provides lending services to dentists, veterinarians, and optometrists across the U.S. After an extensive analysis it was determined and communicated to the impacted employees of HPFC in December 2015 that operations at HPFC were to be closed, effective February 19, 2016. The Company will continue to earn revenues from HPFC's loan portfolio as it naturally runs off over five to ten years, as well as incur certain operational expenses associated with the continued management of its loan portfolio and wind down of operations in fiscal year 2016.

The Company concluded that the closing of HPFC's operations did not qualify for discontinued operations presentation and reporting within the Company's year ended December 31, 2015 consolidated financial statements as it did not constitute a significant strategic shift in the Company's operations nor has HPFC, or its assets, been designated as held for sale.


119

Table of Contents

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
Camden National Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of condition of Camden National Corporation and Subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013, and our report dated March 8, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.


/s/ RSM US LLP

New York, New York
March 11, 2016


120

Table of Contents

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
Camden National Corporation

We have audited Camden National Corporation and Subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statement of condition of Camden National Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended, and our report dated March 8, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion.


/s/ RSM US LLP

New York, New York
March 11, 2016



121

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Shareholders and Board of Directors
Camden National Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of condition of Camden National Corporation and Subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Camden National Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014, and the consolidated results of their operations and their consolidated cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


/s/ Berry Dunn McNeil & Parker, LLC

Berry Dunn McNeil & Parker, LLC
Portland, Maine
March 10, 2015


122

Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

As required by Rule 13a-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the Company’s management conducted an evaluation with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer & Principal Financial and Accounting Officer, regarding the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the last fiscal year. In designing and evaluating the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, the Company and its management recognize that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only a reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating and implementing possible controls and procedures. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer & Principal Financial and Accounting Officer concluded that they believe the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. We intend to continue to review and document our disclosure controls and procedures, including our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting, and we may from time to time make changes to the disclosure controls and procedures to enhance their effectiveness and to ensure that our systems evolve with our business.

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT
ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The Management of the Company is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements and other financial information contained in this Form 10-K. Management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for identifying the framework used to evaluate its effectiveness. Management has designed processes, internal controls and a business culture that foster financial integrity and accurate reporting. The Company’s comprehensive system of internal control over financial reporting was designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the consolidated financial statements of the Company in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The Company’s accounting policies and internal control over financial reporting, established and maintained by management, is under the general oversight of the Company’s board of directors, including the board of directors’ Audit Committee.

Management has made a comprehensive review, evaluation, and assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015. The standard measures adopted by management in making its evaluation are the measures in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) published by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based upon its review and evaluation, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2015, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective and that there were no material weaknesses. However, Management recognizes a control system, no matter how well designed and operated, has inherent limitations and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met and may not prevent or detect all error and fraud. Therefore, even a system determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

RSM US LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, which has audited and reported on the consolidated financial statements contained in this Form 10-K, has issued its written attestation report on management’s assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting which precedes this report.


123

Table of Contents

Item 9B. Other Information

None.


124

Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the material responsive to such item in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 26, 2016.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the material responsive to such item in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 26, 2016.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans are as follows:
 
Number of Securities to Be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights
(a)
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights
(b)
 
Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance (Excluding Securities in Column (a))
(c)
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders
241,799

 
$
16.68

 
677,087

(1) 
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders

 

 

 
Total
241,799

 
$
19.98

 
677,087

 
(1)
Represents the 800,000 shares available under the 2012 Equity and Incentive Plan less awards granted plus shares added back due to the forfeiture, cancellation or reacquisition by the Company for the settlement of an award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding under the current and previous plans.

Refer to Notes 1 and 17 to the consolidated financial statements within Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for further information related to the Company’s equity compensation plans.

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the material responsive to such item in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 26, 2016.

Item 13. Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the material responsive to such item in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 26, 2016.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the material responsive to such item in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 26, 2016.


125

Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) 1. Index to Financial Statements:

The consolidated financial statements of the Company and report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm incorporated herein are included in Item 8 of this Report, as follows:
 
 
 
Page

2. Financial Statement Schedules:

Schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or are not required under the instructions contained in Regulation S-X or because the information required to be set forth therein are included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

3. Exhibits:
Exhibit
No.
 
Definition
2.1
 
Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated April 23, 2012, by and between Bank of America, National Association and Camden National Bank (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 24, 2012).
2.2
 
Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 29, 2015 by and among Camden National Corporation, Atlantic Acquisitions, LLC, and SBM Financial, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 30, 2015).
3.1
 
Articles of Incorporation of Camden National Corporation, as amended (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.i.1 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 2, 2011).
3.2
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Camden National Corporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 12, 2014).
10.1+
 
Camden National Corporation 2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on August 8, 2008).
10.2+
 
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the Camden National Corporation 2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 2, 2011).
10.3+
 
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Camden National Corporation 2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 2, 2011).
10.4+
 
Camden National Corporation Management Stock Purchase Plan under the Camden National Corporation 2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 1, 2008).
10.5+
 
Camden National Corporation 2012 Equity and Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 8, 2012).

126

Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.
 
Definition
10.6+
 
Amendment to Camden National Corporation 2012 Equity and Incentive Plan, dated as of March 9, 2015 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company's Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 10, 2015).
10.7+
 
Second Amendment to Camden National Corporation 2012 Equity and Incentive Plan, dated as of March 31, 2015 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on August 7, 2015).
10.8+
 
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the Camden National Corporation 2012 Equity and Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company's Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 28, 2013).
10.9+
 
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Camden National Corporation 2012 Equity and Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 28, 2013).
10.9+
 
Camden National Corporation Management Stock Purchase Plan under the Camden National Corporation 2012 Equity and Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company's Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 28, 2013).
10.10+
 
Camden National Corporation Amended and Restated Defined Contribution Retirement Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company's Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 10, 2015).
10.11+
 
Form of Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement by and between Camden National Corporation and certain executives (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 11 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 10, 2015).
10.11+
 
Amendment to Camden National Corporation Defined Contribution Retirement Plan, dated as of March 9, 2015 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 10, 2015).
10.12+
 
Supplemental Executive Retirement Program (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 4, 2008).
10.13+
 
Union Trust Company’s Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on May 12, 2008).
10.14+
 
Camden National Corporation Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 17, 2008).
10.15+
 
Amendment to Camden National Corporation Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, dated as of February 26, 2013 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company's Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 28, 2013).
10.16+
 
Amendment to Camden National Corporation Defined Contribution Retirement Plan, dated as of March 31, 2015 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on August 7, 2015).
10.17+
 
Amendment and Restatement of Camden National Corporation Director Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 9, 2007).
10.18+
 
2007 Amendment to the Camden National Corporation Director Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 17, 2008).
10.19
 
Camden National Corporation Audit Committee Complaint Procedures (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 2, 2011).
10.20+
 
2010 Executive Incentive Compensation Program (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 12, 2010).
10.21+
 
Form of Change in Control Agreement for chief executive officer and other executive officers (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21 in the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 10, 2015).
10.22+
 
Camden National Corporation 2013-2015 Amended and Restated Long-Term Performance Share Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company's Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 26, 2013).
10.23+
 
Camden National Corporation 2014-2016 Amended and Restated Long-Term Performance Share Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company's Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 25, 2014).
10.24+
 
Camden National Corporation 2015-2017 Amended and Restated Long-Term Performance Share Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Company's Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 6, 2015).

127

Table of Contents


Exhibit
No.
 
Definition
10.25
 
Consulting Agreement by and between Camden National Bank and John Everets dated March 29, 2015 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 30, 2015).
11.1
 
Statement regarding computation of per share earnings (incorporated herein by reference to Note 16 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this report.)
14
 
Camden National Corporation Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 14 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 2, 2011).
21*
 
Subsidiaries of the Company.
23.1*
 
Consent of RSM US LLP.
23.2*
 
Consent of Berry Dunn McNeil & Parker, LLC.
31.1*
 
Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2*
 
Certification of Principal Financial and Accounting Officer required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1**
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2**
 
Certification of Principal Financial and Accounting Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101
 
The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) related notes to these financial statements.
*
Filed herewith
**
Furnished herewith
+
Management contract or a compensatory plan or arrangement.


128

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirement of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date: March 11, 2016
 
CAMDEN NATIONAL CORPORATION
 
 
/s/ Gregory A. Dufour
 
 
Gregory A. Dufour
President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name
 
Position
 
Date
/s/ Gregory A. Dufour
 
President, Director and Chief Executive Officer
 
March 11, 2016
Gregory A. Dufour
 
 
 
 
/s/ Deborah A. Jordan
 
Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer
 
March 11, 2016
Deborah A. Jordan
 
 
 
 
/s/ Karen W. Stanley
 
Chair and Director
 
March 11, 2016
Karen W. Stanley
 
 
 
 
/s/ Ann W. Bresnahan
 
Director
 
March 11, 2016
Ann W. Bresnahan
 
 
 
 
/s/ David C. Flanagan
 
Director
 
March 11, 2016
David C. Flanagan
 
 
 
 
/s/ Craig S. Gunderson
 
Director
 
March 11, 2016
Craig S. Gunderson
 
 
 
 
/s/ John W. Holmes
 
Director
 
March 11, 2016
John W. Holmes
 
 
 
 
/s/ S. Catherine Longley
 
Director
 
March 11, 2016
S. Catherine Longley
 
 
 
 
/s/ David J. Ott
 
Director
 
March 11, 2016
David J. Ott
 
 
 
 
/s/ James H. Page
 
Director
 
March 11, 2016
James H. Page
 
 
 
 
/s/ John M. Rohman
 
Director
 
March 11, 2016
John M. Rohman
 
 
 
 
/s/ Robin A. Sawyer
 
Director
 
March 11, 2016
Robin A. Sawyer
 
 
 
 
/s/ Carl J. Soderberg
 
Director
 
March 11, 2016
Carl J. Soderberg
 
 
 
 
/s/ Lawrence J. Sterrs
 
Director
 
March 11, 2016
Lawrence J. Sterrs
 
 
 
 

129